Tumgik
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Dental Radiography Principals and Techniques 5th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
     Chapter
 Review of Arithmetic for
Medical Dosage Calculations
   Chapter Overview
   5 34 , 23
 Chapter 1 reviews the arithmetic concepts needed for the rest of the textbook. It covers the basics of whole numbers, fractions,
 decimal numbers, and percents. It includes a Diagnostic Test to evaluate
 the student’s knowledge of the arithmetic required for medical dosage calculation. This chapter can be omitted for those students who are proficient in basic arithmetic.
 Instructor’s Notes
 n    The Diagnostic Test may be used in a number of ways. It can be given at the beginning of the first class, and the teacher or students can grade the test. The test results can then be used to initiate a discussion of those areas of arithmetic in which the students show weakness.
 n    This chapter can also be assigned as independent study. The students can take the Diagnostic Test and then review those sections of the chapter that need review. Subsequent class meetings can address areas of student concern.
 n    The teacher can first present a review of basic arithmetic following the flow of the topics and examples in the chapter and then assign the Diagnostic Test for homework. The Try These for Practice problems can be done in class or at home.
 n    Calculator keystroke sequences in the margins are provided to help the students improve their calculator proficiency. Students should be encouraged to work the problems by hand and then check their answers on a calculator.
 The Try These for Practice problems are designed to be done in class but may be designated for homework. The Exercises and/or the Additional Exercises can be given as homework or as in-class assignments. The answers to the Diagnostic Test, the Try These for Practice, and the Exercises are
 in Appendix A of the textbook. The answers for the Additional Exercises are not in the textbook for the benefit of the instructor who prefers to give homework without answers provided.
 n    The answers to the Additional Exercises are in this Instructor’s Resource Manual.
n          
n         3. 58
2     Chapter 1 Review of Arithmetic for Medical Dosage Calculations
 Key Terms
approximate  answer
improper  fraction
rate
canceling
mixed  number
ratio
complex  fraction
numerator
rounding  down
decimal
percentage
rounding  off
denominator
percent  of change
truncating
fraction
proper  fraction
   Answers to Chapter 1 Additional Exercises
 1.
17
    2. 5
3
   3. 11
1
 20
    4
   4
                 4. 1
3
   5. 4
1
  6. 22
2
            10
   11
  5
 7.
2
      8.
0.12
 9.
0.56
3
                           10. 5.3
   11.
0.005
 12.
0.01
13.  0.87
 14.
0.0273
15.
2.0
 16. 0.7
   17.
0.7
  18.
0.055
19.  0.55
 20.
28.75
 21.
0.4
 22.  2,345.6
23.
28.3
 24.
70.83
25. 1
1
 and 1.0
26. 5
1
and 5.3
27.
 1
and 0.3
35
 3
3
               28. 111
1
and  111.1
29.
103
and 0.1
30.
199
and 1.0
     9
 1,000
 200
31.
5
      32.
 2
     33.
9
   8
      3
                           34. 30
    35.
4.85
 36.
0.63
37.  0.37
 38.
150
  39.
25%  increase
40. 20%  decrease
               Chapter 1 Examination Questions
 Convert these to fractions in lowest terms. 1. 0.45 2. 8:10
 Convert these fractions to decimals numbers rounded off to the nearest tenth.
 4. 727
Convert to decimal numbers rounded down to tenths.
 5.
12.783
6.
0.0174
10
0.12
  Answers to Chapter 1 Examination Questions         3
 Multiply the numbers.
 7. 6.35 * 0.34
8. 5.2 * 1,000
 Divide the decimal numbers and round off the answers to the nearest hundredth.
 9. 0.43 , 0.03
  10.
56.9 , 100
Write  the answers as fractions in lowest terms.
   22
*
70
*
15
  0.735 , 0.84
11.
    12.
15
60
77
 Write  the percentage as a decimal number.
    13.  5.5%
    14.
45%
Write  the percentage as a fraction in lowest terms.
15.  62.5%
   16.
0.9%
Simplify  to the form of a simple fraction in lowest terms.
2/2
      0.02
 17.
       18.
   6
      0.3
  19. Which is larger quantity?      0.7 or 34
20.  What is 25% of 80?
21.
3
=
?
        5
25
   8
 ?
 23.  8.25 - 3.012 = ?
22.
 =
  64
16
 24.  Write the answer in mixed fractional form:
8.5 + 3
3
   4
  25. A dosage is increased from 10 ounces to 12 ounces. What is the percent of increase?
 Answers to Chapter 1 Examination Questions
 1.
 9
 2.
 4
  3. 0.6
4. 10.3
20
 5
               5.
1.2
6.
0.1
7.  2.159
8.  5,200
9.
14.33
10.
0.57
11.
1
 12.
7
   3
 8
                   13.
0.055
14.
0.45
15.
5
 16.
9
 8
 1,000
             17.
 1
  18.
 1
 19.
3
 20. 20
  9
  15
 4
             21.
15
 22.
2
  23.  5.238
24. 12
1
                    4
 25.
20%
               p
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Dosage Calculations 9th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1—Fractions and Decimals
 PROBLEM
 Complete the following.
      1.   Arrange the following decimals from largest to smallest: 1.5, 0.25, 1.025.
 ANS:  
1.5, 1.025, 0.25
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Knowledge    REF:   Decimals
      2.   Arrange the following decimals from largest to smallest: 0.33, 0.045, 0.7.
 ANS:  
0.7, 0.33, 0.045
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Knowledge    REF:   Decimals
      3.   Arrange the following fractions from smallest to largest: , , .
 ANS:  
, ,
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Knowledge    REF:   Fractions
      4.   Arrange the following fractions from smallest to largest: , , .
 ANS:  
, ,
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Knowledge    REF:   Fractions
 Perform the indicated operations. Reduce fractions in answers to lowest terms.
      5.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Adding Fractions
      6.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Division of Fractions
      7.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Subtracting Fractions
      8.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Division of Fractions
 Perform the following computations. If the questions do not have a whole number as the answer, compute to the third decimal place, and round to the second decimal place.
      9.  
 ANS:  
 or 75.58 (rounded)
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Decimals      
    10.  
 ANS:  
or 0.05 (rounded)
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Multiplying Decimals
    11.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Decimals      
    12.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Dividing Decimals
    13.   Convert the following decimal to a fraction and reduce to lowest terms.
 0.09
 ANS:  
0.09 =
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    14.   Convert the following decimal to a fraction and reduce to lowest terms.
 0.175
 ANS:  
0.175 =
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    15.   Convert the following fraction to a decimal and round to the nearest hundredth.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    16.   Convert the following fraction to a decimal and round to the nearest tenth.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    17.   Perform the indicated operation.
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Fractions      
    18.   Perform the indicated operation.
6.3 100
 ANS:  
6.3 100 = 630
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Multiplying Decimals
    19.   Perform the indicated operation and round the answer to the tenths place.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Multiplying Decimals          
    20.   Perform the indicated operation and round the answer to the nearest tenths place.
 123.56 78
 ANS:  
123.56 78 = 9,637.68 = 9,637.7
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Multiplying Decimals          
    21.   Perform the indicated operation.
 350 0.07
 ANS:  
350 0.07 = 5,000
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Dividing Decimals
    22.   Perform the indicated operation.
 25 0.4
 ANS:  
25 0.4 = 62.5
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              REF:   Dividing Decimals
    23.   Perform the indicated operation and reduce to the lowest terms.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Multiplying Fractions          
    24.   Perform the indicated operation and reduce to the lowest term.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
    25.   Perform the indicated operation and reduce to lowest term.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Division of Fractions          
    26.   Convert 0.45 to a fraction in the lowest terms.
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    27.   Convert 0.125 to a fraction in the lowest terms.
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    28.   Convert to a decimal.
 ANS:  
4 8 = 0.5
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    29.   Convert to a decimal and round to the nearest hundredths place.
 ANS:  
5 8 = 0.625 = 0.63
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Conversion between Fractions and Decimals
    30.   Find the least common denominator for the following pair of fractions.
 ,
 ANS:  
LCD = 33
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Reducing Fractions to Lowest Terms                              
    31.   Find the least common denominator for the following pair of fractions.
 ,
 ANS:  
LCD = 30
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Comprehension                              
REF:   Reducing Fractions to Lowest Terms                              
    32.   Perform the indicated operation and reduce to the lowest terms.
  ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
    33.   Perform the indicated operation and reduce to lowest terms.
 4 2
 ANS:  
4 2 1
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
    34.   After surgery, a patient drinks 2 ounces of clear liquids every 2 hours. How many ounces will the patient drink in 8 hours?
 ANS:  
2 4 = = = 10 ounces
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Application    REF:   Multiplying Fractions          
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Dosage Calculations 3rd Canadian Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1—Fractions and Decimals
 MULTIPLE CHOICE
      1.   Which fraction has the highest value?
a.
5/2
b.
5/3
c.
5/9
d.
5/7
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 10-11   BLM:  Remember
      2.   Which fraction has the lowest value?
a.
8/11
b.
9/5
c.
2/9
d.
2/7
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 10-11   BLM:  Higher Order
      3.   The sodium content of a patient’s breakfast is as follows: 250 mL 2% milk = 0.12 gram; 2 slices of whole wheat toast = 0.155 gram per slice; margarine = 0.07 gram; and 200 mL apple juice = 0.15 gram. How many grams of sodium did the patient consume?
a.
1.28 grams
b.
0.65 gram
c.
495 grams
d.
0.495 gram
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 28-29   BLM:  Higher Order
 Round off your answers of the following problems to two decimal places (hundredths).
      4.   What is the product of 1.82 × 0.04?
a.
0.73
b.
0.073
c.
0.07
d.
0.7
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 30-32   BLM:  Higher Order
      5.   What is the answer to 1.125 ¸ 0.75?
a.
1.5
b.
15
c.
1.61
d.
0.84
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 32-34   BLM:  Higher Order
      6.   Which of the following is an improper fraction?
a.
b.
65
c.
d.
3458
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 6-7       BLM:  Remember
 SHORT ANSWER
      1.   Arrange the following decimals from largest to smallest: 1.5, 0.25, 1.025
 ANS:  
1.5, 1.025, 0.25
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 24-25
      2.   Arrange the following decimals from largest to smallest:  0.33, 0.045, 0.7
 ANS:  
0.7, 0.33, 0.045
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 24-25
      3.   Arrange the following fractions from smallest to largest:  ,  ,  
 ANS:  
,  ,  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 10-11
      4.   Arrange the following fractions from smallest to largest:  ,  ,  
 ANS:  
,  ,  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 10-11
      5.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 13-14
      6.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 18-20
      7.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Page 14
      8.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 18-20
  Calculation
 Perform the following calculations. Round answers to the second decimal place (hundredths) when required.
      9.  
 ANS:  
0.05
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 30-32
    10.  
 ANS:  
16.7
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 28-29
    11.  
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 28-29
    12.  
 ANS:  
700
  PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 32-34
    13.  
 Decimal
Fraction
1.
0.05
 2.
  Complete row 1 in the table above.
 ANS:  
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 25-26
    14.  
 Decimal
Fraction
1.
0.05
 2.
  Complete row 2 in the table above. Round this answer to 3 decimal places (thousandths).
 ANS:  
0.125
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Page 25-26
    15.   313 ×418
 ANS:  
10 5/12
 313 ×418=103 ×258=25024=101024=10512
 PTS:   1                    REF:   Pages 16-18
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Doing Qualitative Research Designs Methods and Techniques 1st Edition Solution
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Doing Qualitative Research
Designs, Methods, and Techniques
First Edition
Chapter 1
Introduction
Opening Remarks: The important thing to keep in mind is that students should feel excited and eager to get involved in qualitative social research! You are not programming computers to follow a series of steps, but encouraging human beings to explore the world around them in systematic ways. Many of these designs and methods invite the novice to get started, and most of the chapters should inspire students to say, “Yes, I want to do this kind of research!” Ethnography (and the various specific methods that go with it), social autopsies, and the analysis of cultural artifacts occupy the top of the list in this regard!
Do not let these feelings, this spirited curiosity, die amid picky test items.
On the other hand, encourage students to follow best practices for these various methods and to make sure that they understand the various tips and guidelines.  Ultimately, this book is designed to underpin a course in which students learn and implement different ways to exercise “disciplined curiosity.”
Three of the research designs we cover require a bit more caution: One is community-based participatory research (CBPR), which we emphasize is not a design for novices or for anyone who needs to quickly complete a research project. Another design that presents problems for beginners is historical comparative research; many undergraduates are not aware how important this design is in the “big picture” of social science research. The chapter can only familiarize them with the design, but it takes a lot of work to become an adept practitioner. Finally, the multi-method and mixed quantitative/qualitative designs definitely present challenges, and here too we have designed the chapter more to make students aware of this type of project than to prepare them to do it right away.
Finally another couple of things that are important in the book but require discussion with the class.
One is the heavy emphasis on theory. Research should always be in a conversation with theory. In fact, some people argue that all research questions are asked within theoretical frameworks or paradigms, however implicitly they may be; the “problematic” is fundamentally motivated by theory and the terms in which the RQ is stated derive from atheory. We can encourage students to think theoretically not only by reviewing their theory classes, but also by “doing theory” themselves as they develop explanations and thick interpretations and consider macro-micro linkages in discussing their findings.
Another element of the book that requires discussion is the politics of research as well as the “beyond the protocol” ethical issues. Qualitative research is never a simple technical enterprise but rather always unfolds in social, political, and personal contexts. Students need to talk about these issues in a setting—the classroom—in which they feel comfortable. Some students will want to use research to promote their values (and social justice will certainly come up) while others will be concerned about “bias” and lean towards Max Weber’s advice that political commitment must not get in the way of the scientific enterprise. As the instructor, you likely will want to be open to the full range of views and not discourage or stifle any of these. At the same time, we encourage you to discourage simplistic notions of “bias” and help students move to a more nuanced grasp of how to be critical and reflexive about one’s own research. You probably will find yourself needing to help students see that we cannot simply deduce an individual’s “biases” or values from their race, gender, sexuality, or class of origin; these factors need to be considered, but they do not “cause” values on their own but only in the way that they are refracted through experiences, childhood socialization, reference groups, careers, education, and so on.
Suggestions for Instructors about the Test Items:
Almost all multiple-choice questions can be easily transformed into fill-in-the blank questions. Fill in the blank questions are a very effective way of differentiating students with an active knowledge of concepts and terminology from students who have only a weak, passive capacity of selecting a correct answer from a list. Fill—in-the-blank questions are easy to grade and are virtually guaranteed to produce a -curve in the distribution of answers for tests that make use of them.
Almost every key term in a chapter can be used in short identification essays. Students are asked to define or briefly explain a term—usually in a sentence or two.
The multiple-choice questions must be unambiguous. If there is more than one possible correct answer, it is not a good multiple-choice question. (Yes, we are aware that many tests are made up of questions for which three answers are clearly incorrect and two answers are both possible; we do not think that these items are fair.) If there is disagreement and ambiguity, it would be better—fairer to students—to formulate a short essay or even a fill in the blank with two possible correct answers that can both get credit. The material in the text is complex and often contentious; in fairness to students, ambiguity and disagreement need to be explored carefully and not “glossed over” in a machine-graded multiple-choice question.
Multiple choice questions are often best worded as “…the authors say…” or “...the researcher found…” In other words, they are not about “reality” (and hence legitimately subject to disagreement and debate) but about a text. Either the students know what the text says or they don’t!
Less ambiguity means less room for disagreement.
This type of wording makes the item relatively unambiguous. The multiple choice items thus separate students who read and understand the text (or followed a lecture) from those who were not able to pick out the right answer from a list of five (either because they did not do the work or because they were not able to understand it). The fill-in-the-blank items can then be used to distinguish between (1) students who have achieved an active mastery of the terminology and (2) students who only passively recognize the correct answers but cannot call up the term or concept by themselves even when they see its definition. Finally, the essay questions distinguish students with an active and nuanced understanding of the material from those who have learned a correct answer (i.e., can fill in a blank) but cannot express the ideas freely and articulately on their own. A battery of questions that includes all three types (multiple choice, fill in the blanks, essays) will produce a well-calibrated “curve” with plenty of variance for assigning a range of grades.
It is important not to let test items “get stale.” It is easy to reformulate items in new ways and “refresh” the test. For example, multiple-choice items can be recycled as fill-in-the-blank items (use the right answer as the definition for which the term must be supplied). True-False questions are easy to write but have the disadvantage of encouraging guessing (unless you choose to penalize incorrect answers). Class discussion can be used as the basis of essay questions. Students themselves can be asked to come up with appropriate essay questions; and if they are posting questions to a course-management site, these questions about the material often lend themselves to reformulation as essay questions.
Finally, a small warning—pretty obvious once you look at the questions. You need to be careful not to use a question that contains a clue about the right answer to another question, as is occasionally the case with our test bank items. In that instance, you either can use only one of the questions or you need to make a change in the “give away” question so that it cannot be used to answer the other question.
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Diversity in Organizations 2nd Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1: Introduction to the Study of Diversity in Organizations
 Multiple Choice
 1.         According to Cox and Blake, valuing diversity can benefit organizations in which of the following areas?
 A.        Cost, resource acquisition, marketing, creativity, problem solving, and system flexibility.
B.        Cost, financial remuneration, accounting, creativity, problem configuration, and system flexibility.
C.        Organizational commitment, marketing, accounting, creativity, problem configuration, and financial stability.
D.        Organizational commitment, advertising, creativity, problem configuration, and financial stability.
E.         None of the above.
 Answer: A, pp. 12
 2.         The term “ethnicity” refers to
 A.        differences between Hispanics and Asians.
B.        a shared national origin or cultural heritage among people.
C.        biological differences identifiable by scientists.
D.        race
E.         All of the above.
 Answer: B, p. 9
 3.         In their 1987 research on the changes that would occur in the nature of work and in the demographic background of workers in the 21st century, Johnston and Packer stated that
 A.        by the year 2000, 85% of the workforce would be women and minorities.
B.        by the year 2000, 65% of the workforce would be women and minorities.
C.        by the year 2000, 85% of the net new entrants to the workforce would be women and minorities.
D.        by the year 2000, White men would be a very small minority of the workforce.
E.         None of the above.
 Answer: C, p. 9
 4.         According to the text, which of the following statements is true of the demographic makeup of the workforce?
 A.        Blacks are about 25% of the workforce.
B.        Whites are about 50% of the workforce.
C.        Whites are about 75% of the workforce.
D.        Whites are about 90% of the workforce.
E.         The representation of Hispanics in the workforce is declining.
 Answer: C, pp. 10-11
 5.         Among the costs associated with doing a poor job of integrating workers from various backgrounds is
 A.        exit interviews.
B.        lost productivity while positions are unfilled.
C.        recruiting costs.
D.        A, B, and C above.
E.         A and C only above.
 Answer: D., p. 14
 6.         Which of the following statements accurately describes research on the performance of diverse groups compared with homogeneous groups?
 A.        Initially, the diverse groups performed better because they were more tolerant of each others’ differences.
B.        Over time, the diverse groups performed worse because they were less tolerant of each others’ differences and felt comfortable expressing this discomfort.
C.        Initially, the homogeneous groups outperformed the diverse groups, but by the end of the semester, the diverse groups outperformed the homogeneous groups.
D.        A and B only above.
E.         A, B, and C above.
 Answer, C, p. 18
 7.         Which of the following are some of the potential negative outcomes that may be consequences of increased diversity?
 A.        Dysfunctional communication processes.
B.        Harassment.
C.        Perceptions that non-traditional workers are unqualified.
D.        Lowered attachment, commitment, and satisfaction.
E.         All of the above.
 Answer, E, p. 22
 8.         Individual benefits of working and learning in diverse environments documented by researchers include
 A.        being able to take the perspective of others.
B.        higher grades for students.
C.        seeing diversity as being divisive, but beneficial nonetheless.
D.        greater attachment to members of one’s own groups.
E.         All of the above.
 Answer, A, p. 24
 9.         Which of the following is accurate of the stereotype of Asian Americans as being the “model minority”?
 A.        Some jobs held by Asians contradict the stereotype of Asians as successful and high earners.
B.        Asians are sometimes perceived as the “model minority” while at the same time they experience the glass ceiling and other forms of discrimination.
C.        Some Asian entrepreneurs are self-employed because of a lack of opportunities in formal organizations.
D.        A and C only above.
E.         A, B, and C above.
 Answer: E, pp. 28-29
 10.       Education levels, employment levels, and income levels provide information on the status of different groups because
 A.        education levels affect whether and where people are employed, their income levels, and their opportunities for and actual advancement.
B.        some differences in employment levels between groups are not completely explained by differences in education levels.
C.        comparisons may be made between racial and ethnic groups and between men and women to determine the education to income relationship for each group.
D.        education levels have a limited effect on people’s employment and income levels.
E.         A, B, and C above.
 Answer: E., pp. 30-32
 11.       In terms of attracting and retaining employees from various backgrounds,
 A.        organizations that discriminate may have higher compensation costs because of drawing from a larger pool of workers.
B.        if an organization develops a reputation for valuing only a subset of workers, those preferred workers will tell their friends who are similar, thus increasing the overall numbers of potential applicants and workers.
C.        recruitment advertisements featuring heterogeneous workers have no effect on minorities’ desire to work for organizations.
D.        if an organization develops a reputation for valuing all types of workers, this will increase the organization’s ability to compete in tight labor markets.
E.         All of the above are true.
 Answer: D, pp. 15-16
 12.       What demographic and employment changes have happened now that the year 2000 has passed and the year 2020 is approaching?
 A.        Manufacturing jobs are increasing.
B.        The current workforce is more diverse than it was in the past, but Whites remain the largest numerical group.
C.        Increasing globalization has little effect on interactions, because many employees communicate solely by e-mail and phone, rather than face to face.
D.        In the U.S. and Canada, workforce growth is increasing.
 Answer: B, pp. 10-12
 13.       Which of the following is not true of group membership categories?
 A.        White men have no reason to be concerned about diversity issues.
B.        Because White men are more likely to occupy leadership positions than others, they are more likely to have the power to implement organizational level changes.
C.        Multiple group memberships make diversity important to everyone.
D.        Some categories are immutable, but some may change over one’s lifetime.
E.         All of the above are true.
 Answer: A, pp. 6-7
 14.       Which of the following is true about demographic changes around the world?
 A.        In some European countries and Japan the workforce is shrinking.
B.        Developing countries are providing few workers for other countries.
C.        More younger workers are being added to the U.S. workforce than in the past.
D.        All of the above.
E.         None of the above.
 Answer: A, p. 12
 15.       Research on the “Value in Diversity” perspective found that
 A.        diversity had a slightly negative impact on organizational functioning.
B.        there was little support for the “Value in Diversity” hypothesis.
C.        racial diversity was associated with increased sales revenue and more customers.
D.        gender diversity was associated with greater relative profits, while racial diversity was not associated with greater relative profits.
 Answer: C, p. 24
 True/False:
 1.         Despite the amount of media attention focusing on lawsuits and damage settlements, an organization’s likelihood of being sued is relatively small.
 Answer: True, p. 14-15
 2.         Diversity without a supportive climate can result in negative consequences in an organization.
 Answer: True, p. 3
 3.         Employment discrimination occurs when personal characteristics of applicants and workers that are related to productivity are valued in the labor market.
 Answer: False, p. 4
 4.         Diversity is beneficial only to women and minorities.
 Answer: False, p. 7
 5.         As of the year 2000, women and minorities made up 85% of the workforce.
 Answer: False, p. 9
 6.         Developing nations are increasingly being seen as sources of new workers for many countries, many of which had historically resisted immigration.
 Answer: True, p. 12
 7.         Costs of doing a poor job in integrating workers from different backgrounds can be quite high.
 Answer: True, p. 13
 8.         Women are earning more than men because they are earning more college degrees than men.
 Answer: False, p. 10
 9.         The number of discrimination charges filed with the EEOC averages nearly 500,000 per year.
 Answer: False, p. 14
 10.       Researchers have found that groups composed of diverse members produced higher quality ideas than groups composed of homogenous members.
 Answer: True, p. 18
 11.       Research indicates that effective management of diversity is associated with stock prices.
 Answer: True, p. 20
 12.       Being supportive of diversity can sometimes result in organizations facing boycotts and negative publicity from those resistant to diversity.
 Answer: True, p. 23
 13.       People who are not personally affected by discrimination may still find overt discrimination offensive and choose to spend their dollars in organizations that do not discriminate.
 Answer: True, p. 15
 14.       The unemployment rate for African Americans is about three times the unemployment rate for Whites.
 Answer: False, p. 31
 15.       Blacks have higher average education levels than Latinos, yet Blacks have higher average unemployment rates than Latinos.
 Answer: True, p. 31
 16.       Access discrimination occurs when people are treated differently once employed, receiving fewer job-related rewards, resources, and opportunities than they should receive based on job-related criteria.
 Answer: False, p. 4
 Short Answer/Essay
 See Instructors’ Manual for suggested questions.
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Dental Radiography Principals and Techniques 5th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
     464                                                                                                                                         Test Bank Questions and Answers
     TEST BANK
      Questions for Chapter 1
  What is the negation of the propositions in 1Ð3?
 1.    Abby has more than 300 friends on facebook.
 2.    A messaging package for a cell phone costs less than $20 per month.
 3.    4.5 + 2.5 = 6
 In questions 4Ð8, determine whether the proposition is TRUE or FALSE.
 4.    1 + 1 = 3 if and only if 2 + 2 = 3.
 5.    If it is raining, then it is raining.
 6.    If 1 < 0, then 3 = 4.
 7.    If 2 + 1 = 3, then 2 = 3 − 1.
 8.    If 1 + 1 = 2 or 1 + 1 = 3, then 2 + 2 = 3 and 2 + 2 = 4.
 9.    Write the truth table for the proposition  Â(r → Âq) ∨ (p ∧ Âr).
 10.    (a) Find a proposition with the truth table at the right.
 (b) Find a proposition using only p, q, Â, and the connective ∨ that has this truth table.
                         p
 q
 ?
  T
 T
 F
T
 F
 F
F
 T
 T
F
 F
 F
 11.    Find a proposition with three variables p, q, and r that is true when p and r are true and q is false, and false otherwise.
 12.    Find a proposition with three variables p, q, and r that is true when at most one of the three variables is true, and false otherwise.
 13.    Find a proposition with three variables p, q, and r that is never true.
 14.
Find a proposition using only p, q, Â, and the connective ∨
p
 q
 ?
  T
 T
 F
 with  the truth table at the right.
      T
 F
 T
15.
Determine whether p → (q → r) and p → (q ∧ r)  are equivalent.
F
 T
 T
F
 F
 F
 16.    Determine whether p → (q → r) is equivalent to (p → q) → r.
 17.    Determine whether (p → q) ∧ (Âp → q) ≡ q.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
465
 18.    Write a proposition equivalent to p ∨ Âq that uses only p, q, Â, and the connective ∧.
 19.    Write a proposition equivalent to Âp ∧ Âq using only p, q, Â, and the connective ∨.
 20.    Prove that the proposition Òif it is not hot, then it is hotÓ is equivalent to Òit is hotÓ.
 21.    Write a proposition equivalent to p → q using only p, q, Â, and the connective ∨.
 22.    Write a proposition equivalent to p → q using only p, q, Â, and the connective ∧.
 23.    Prove that p → q and its converse are not logically equivalent.
 24.    Prove that Âp → Âq and its inverse are not logically equivalent.
 25.    Determine whether the following two propositions are logically equivalent:  p ∨ (q ∧ r), (p ∧ q) ∨ (p ∧ r).
 26.    Determine whether the following two propositions are logically equivalent:  p → (Âq ∧ r), Âp ∨ Â(r → q).
 27.    Prove that  (q ∧ (p → Âq)) → Âp is a tautology using propositional equivalence and the laws of logic.
 28.    Determine whether this proposition is a tautology: ((p → q) ∧ Âp) → Âq.
 29.    Determine whether this proposition is a tautology: ((p → Âq) ∧ q) → Âp. In 30Ð36, write the statement in the form ÒIf . . . , then . . . .Ó
 30.    x is even only if y is odd.
 31.    A implies B.
 32.    It is hot whenever it is sunny.
 33.    To get a good grade it is necessary that you study.
 34.    Studying is sufficient for passing.
 35.    The team wins if the quarterback can pass.
 36.    You need to be registered in order to check out library books.
 37.    Write the contrapositive, converse, and inverse of the following: If you try hard, then you will win.
 38.    Write the contrapositive, converse, and inverse of the following: You sleep late if it is Saturday. In 39Ð41 write the negation of the statement. (DonÕt write ÒIt is not true that . . . .Ó)
39.    It is Thursday and it is cold.
 40.    I will go to the play or read a book, but not both.
 41.    If it is rainy, then we go to the movies.
 42.    Explain why the negation of ÒAl and Bill are absentÓ is not ÒAl and Bill are presentÓ.
 43.    Using c for Òit is coldÓ and d for Òit is dryÓ, write ÒIt is neither cold nor dryÓ in symbols.
 44.    Using c for Òit is coldÓ and r for Òit is rainyÓ, write ÒIt is rainy if it is not coldÓ in symbols.
 45.    Using c for Òit is coldÓ and w for Òit is windyÓ, write ÒTo be windy it is necessary that it be coldÓ in symbols.
 46.    Using c for Òit is coldÓ, r for Òit is rainyÓ, and w for Òit is windyÓ, write ÒIt is rainy only if it is windy and coldÓ in symbols.
466                                                                                                                                          Test Bank Questions and Answers
 47.    Translate the given statement into propositional logic using the propositions provided: On certain highways in the Washington, DC metro area you are allowed to travel on high occupancy lanes during rush hour only if there are at least three passengers in the vehicle. Express your answer in terms of r:ÒYou are traveling during rush hour.Ó t:ÒYou are riding in a car with at least three passengers.Ó and h:ÒYou can travel on a high occupancy lane.Ó
 48.    A set of propositions is consistent if there is an assignment of truth values to each of the variables in the propositions that makes each proposition true. Is the following set of propositions consistent?
 The system is in multiuser state if and only if it is operating normally.
 If the system is operating normally, the kernel is functioning.
 The kernel is not functioning or the system is in interrupt mode.
 If the system is not in multiuser state, then it is in interrupt mode.
 The system is in interrupt mode.
 49.    On the island of knights and knaves you encounter two people, A and B. Person A says ÒB is a knave.Ó Person B says ÒWe are both knights.Ó Determine whether each person is a knight or a knave.
 50.    On the island of knights and knaves you encounter two people, A and B. Person A says ÒB is a knave.Ó Person B says ÒAt least one of us is a knight.Ó Determine whether each person is a knight or a knave.
 Exercises 51Ð53 relate to inhabitants of an island on which there are three kinds of people: knights who always tell the truth, knaves who always lie, and spies who can either tell the truth or lie. You encounter three people, A, B, and C. You know one of the three people is a knight, one is a knave, and one is a spy. Each of the three people knows the type of person each of the other two is. For each of these situations, if possible, determine whether there is a unique solution, list all possible solutions or state that there are no solutions.
51.    A says ÒI am not a knight,Ó B says ÒI am not a spy,Ó and C says ÒI am not a knave.Ó
 52.    A says ÒI am a spy,Ó B says ÒI am a spyÓ and C says ÒB is a spy.Ó
 53.    A says ÒI am a knight,Ó B says ÒI am a knave,Ó and C says ÒI am not a knave.Ó
 Find the output of the combinatorial circuits in 54Ð55.
54.                                                                  p
q
 r
 55.                                                                  p
q
 q r
Construct a combinatorial circuit using inverters, OR gates, and AND gates, that produces the outputs in 56Ð57 from input bits p, q and r.
 56.    (Âp ∧ Âq) ∨ (p ∧ Âr)
 57.    ((p ∨ Âq) ∧ r) ∧ ((Âp ∧ Âq) ∨ r)
 Determine whether the compound propositions in 58Ð59 are satisÞable.
 58.    (Âp ∨ Âq) ∧ (p → q)
 59.    (p → q) ∧ (q → Âp) ∧ (p ∨ q)
 In 60Ð62 suppose that Q(x) is Òx + 1 = 2xÓ, where x is a real number. Find the truth value of the statement.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
467
 60.    Q(2).
 61.    ∀x Q(x).
 62.    ∃x Q(x).
 In 63Ð70 P (x, y) means Òx+2y = xyÓ, where x and y are integers. Determine the truth value of the statement.
 63.    P (1, −1).
 64.    P (0, 0).
 65.    ∃y P (3, y).
 66.    ∀x∃y P (x, y).
 67.    ∃x∀y P (x, y).
 68.    ∀y∃x P (x, y).
 69.    ∃y∀x P (x, y).
 70.    Â∀x∃y ÂP (x, y).
 In 71Ð72 P (x, y) means Òx and y are real numbers such that x + 2y = 5Ó. Determine whether the statement is true.
 71.    ∀x∃y P (x, y).
 72.    ∃x∀y P (x, y).
 In 73Ð75 P (m, n) means Òm ≤ nÓ, where the universe of discourse for m and n is the set of nonnegative integers. What is the truth value of the statement?
 73.    ∀n P (0, n).
 74.    ∃n∀m P (m, n).
 75.    ∀m∃n P (m, n).
 In questions 76Ð81 suppose P (x, y) is a predicate and the universe for the variables x and y is {1, 2, 3}. Suppose P (1, 3), P (2, 1), P (2, 2), P (2, 3), P (3, 1), P (3, 2) are true, and P (x, y) is false otherwise. Determine whether the following statements are true.
 76.    ∀x∃yP (x, y).
 77.    ∃x∀yP (x, y).
 78.    Â∃x∃y (P (x, y) ∧ ÂP (y, x)).
 79.    ∀y∃x (P (x, y) → P (y, x)).
 80.    ∀x∀y (x =) y → (P (x, y) ∨ P (y, x)).
 81.    ∀y∃x (x ≤ y ∧ P (x, y)).
 In 82Ð85 suppose the variable x represents students and y represents courses, and:
 U(y): y is an upper-level course M(y): y is a math course F (x): x is a freshman B(x): x is a full-time student T (x, y): student x is taking course y.
 Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers. 82. Eric is taking MTH 281.
468                                                                                                                                         Test Bank Questions and Answers
 83.    All students are freshmen.
 84.    Every freshman is a full-time student.
 85.    No math course is upper-level.
 In 86Ð88 suppose the variable x represents students and y represents courses, and:
 U(y): y is an upper-level course
M(y):  y is a math course
F (x):  x is a freshman
A(x): x is a part-time
student   T (x, y): student x is taking course y.
 Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 86.    Every student is taking at least one course.
 87.    There is a part-time student who is not taking any math course.
 88.    Every part-time freshman is taking some upper-level course.
 In 89Ð91 suppose the variable x represents students and y represents courses, and:
 F (x): x is a freshman A(x): x is a part-time student T (x, y): x is taking y. Write the statement in good English without using variables in your answers.
 89.    F (Mikko).
 90.    Â∃y T (Joe, y).
 91.    ∃x (A(x) ∧ ÂF (x)).
 In 92Ð94 suppose the variable x represents students and y represents courses, and:
 M(y):  y is a math course
F (x):  x is a freshman
B(x): x is a full-time  student
T (x,  y): x is taking y.
 Write the statement in good English without using variables in your answers.
 92.    ∀x∃y T (x, y).
 93.    ∃x∀y T (x, y).
 94.    ∀x∃y [(B(x) ∧ F (x)) → (M(y) ∧ T (x, y))].
 In 95Ð97 suppose the variables x and y represent real numbers, and
 L(x, y) : x < y G(x) : x > 0 P (x) : x is a prime number. Write the statement in good English without using any variables in your answer.
 95.    L(7, 3).
 96.    ∀x∃y L(x, y).
 97.    ∀x∃y [G(x) → (P (y) ∧ L(x, y))].
 In 98Ð100 suppose the variables x and y represent real numbers, and
 L(x, y) : x < y Q(x, y) : x = y E(x) : x is even I(x) : x is an integer. Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 98.    Every integer is even.
 99.    If x < y, then x is not equal to y.
 100.    There is no largest real number.
 In 101Ð102 suppose the variables x and y represent real numbers, and
Test Bank Questions and Answers                                                                                                                                       469
 E(x) : x is even          G(x) : x > 0            I(x) : x is an integer.
 Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 101.    Some real numbers are not positive.
 102.    No even integers are odd.
 In 103Ð105 suppose the variable x represents people, and
 F (x): x is friendly          T (x): x is tall           A(x): x is angry.
 Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 103.    Some people are not angry.
 104.    All tall people are friendly.
 105.    No friendly people are angry.
 In 106Ð107 suppose the variable x represents people, and
 F (x): x is friendly          T (x): x is tall           A(x): x is angry.
 Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 106.    Some tall angry people are friendly.
 107.    If a person is friendly, then that person is not angry.
 In 108Ð110 suppose the variable x represents people, and
 F (x): x is friendly          T (x): x is tall           A(x): x is angry.
 Write the statement in good English. Do not use variables in your answer.
 108.    A(Bill).
 109.    Â∃x (A(x) ∧ T (x)).
 110.    Â∀x (F (x) → A(x)).
 In 111Ð113 suppose the variable x represents students and the variable y represents courses, and
 A(y): y is an advanced course S(x): x is a sophomore F (x): x is a freshman T (x, y): x is taking y. Write the statement using these predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 111.    There is a course that every freshman is taking.
 112.    No freshman is a sophomore.
 113.    Some freshman is taking an advanced course.
 In 114Ð115 suppose the variable x represents students and the variable y represents courses, and
 A(y): y is an advanced course F (x): x is a freshman T (x, y): x is taking y P (x, y): x passed y. Write the statement using the above predicates and any needed quantiÞers.
 114.    No one is taking every advanced course.
 115.    Every freshman passed calculus.
 In 116Ð118 suppose the variable x represents students and the variable y represents courses, and
 T (x, y): x is taking y         P (x, y): x passed y.
 Write the statement in good English. Do not use variables in your answers.
 116.    ÂP (Wisteria, MAT 100).
 117.    ∃y∀x T (x, y).
470                                                                           ��                                                              Test Bank Questions and Answers
 118. ∀x∃y T (x, y).
 In 119Ð123 assume that the universe for x is all people and the universe for y is the set of all movies. Write the English statement using the following predicates and any needed quantiÞers:
 S(x, y): x saw y         L(x, y): x liked y           A(y): y won an award           C(y): y is a comedy.
 119.    No comedy won an award.
 120.    Lois saw Casablanca, but didnÕt like it.
 121.    Some people have seen every comedy.
 122.    No one liked every movie he has seen.
 123.    Ben has never seen a movie that won an award.
 In 124Ð126 assume that the universe for x is all people and the universe for y is the set of all movies. Write the statement in good English, using the predicates
 S(x, y): x saw y L(x, y): x liked y. Do not use variables in your answer.
 124.    ∃y ÂS(Margaret, y).
 125.    ∃y∀x L(x, y).
 126.    ∀x∃y L(x, y).
 In 127Ð136 suppose the variable x represents students, y represents courses, and T (x, y) means Òx is taking yÓ. Match the English statement with all its equivalent symbolic statements in this list:
 1. ∃x∀y T (x, y) 4. Â∃x∃y T (x, y) 7. ∃y∀x ÂT (x, y) 10. Â∀x∃y ÂT (x, y)
2. ∃y∀x T (x, y) 5. ∃x∀y ÂT (x, y) 8. Â∀x∃y T (x, y)
11. Â∀xÂ∀y ÂT (x, y)
3. ∀x∃y T (x, y) 6. ∀y∃x T (x, y) 9. Â∃y∀x T (x, y) 12. ∀x∃y ÂT (x, y)
127.    Every course is being taken by at least one student.
 128.    Some student is taking every course.
 129.    No student is taking all courses.
 130.    There is a course that all students are taking.
 131.    Every student is taking at least one course.
 132.    There is a course that no students are taking.
 133.    Some students are taking no courses.
 134.    No course is being taken by all students.
 135.    Some courses are being taken by no students.
 136.    No student is taking any course.
 In 137Ð147 suppose the variable x represents students, F (x) means Òx is a freshmanÕ,Õ and M(x) means Òx is a math majorÓ. Match the statement in symbols with one of the English statements in this list:
 1.  Some freshmen are math majors.
 2.  Every math major is a freshman.
 3.  No math major is a freshman.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
471
 137.    ∀x (M(x) → ÂF (x)).
 138.    Â∃x (M(x) ∧ ÂF (x)).
 139.    ∀x (F (x) → ÂM(x)).
 140.    ∀x (M(x) → F (x)).
 141.    ∃x (F (x) ∧ M(x)).
 142.    Â∀x (ÂF (x) ∨ ÂM(x)).
 143.    ∀x (Â(M(x) ∧ ÂF (x))).
 144.    ∀x (ÂM(x) ∨ ÂF (x)).
 145.    Â∃x (M(x) ∧ ÂF (x)).
 146.    Â∃x (M(x) ∧ F (x)).
 147.    Â∀x (F (x) → ÂM(x)).
 In 148Ð151 let F (A) be the predicate ÒA is a Þnite setÓ and S(A, B) be the predicate ÒA is contained in BÓ. Suppose the universe of discourse consists of all sets. Translate the statement into symbols.
 148.    Not all sets are Þnite.
 149.    Every subset of a Þnite set is Þnite.
 150.    No inÞnite set is contained in a Þnite set.
 151.    The empty set is a subset of every Þnite set.
 In 152Ð156 write the negation of the statement in good English. DonÕt write ÒIt is not true that . . . .Ó
 152.    Some bananas are yellow.
 153.    All integers ending in the digit 7 are odd.
 154.    No tests are easy.
 155.    Roses are red and violets are blue.
 156.    Some skiers do not speak Swedish.
 157.    A student is asked to give the negation of Òall bananas are ripeÓ.
 (a)   The student responds Òall bananas are not ripeÓ. Explain why the English in the studentÕs response is ambiguous.
 (b)  Another student says that the negation of the statement is Òno bananas are ripeÓ. Explain why this is not correct.
 (c)  Another student says that the negation of the statement is Òsome bananas are ripeÓ. Explain why this is not correct.
 (d)   Give the correct negation.
 158.    Explain why the negation of ÒSome students in my class use e-mailÓ is not ÒSome students in my class do not use e-mailÓ.
 159.    What is the rule of inference used in the following:
 If it snows today, the university will be closed. The university will not be closed today. Therefore, it did not snow today.
472                                                                                                                                          Test Bank Questions and Answers
 160.    What is the rule of inference used in the following:
 If I work all night on this homework, then I can answer all the exercises. If I answer all the exercises, I will understand the material. Therefore, if I work all night on this homework, then I will understand the material.
 161.    Explain why an argument of the following form is not valid:
 p → q
Âp
 ...Âq
162. Determine whether the following argument is valid: p → r
q → r
Â(p ∨ q)
...Âr
163. Determine whether the following argument is valid:
 p → r q → r q ∨ Âr
 ...Âp
164.    Show that the hypotheses ÒI left my notes in the library or I Þnished the rough draft of the paperÓ and ÒI did not leave my notes in the library or I revised the bibliographyÓ imply that ÒI Þnished the rough draft of the paper or I revised the bibliographyÓ.
 165.    Determine whether the following argument is valid. Name the rule of inference or the fallacy.
 If n is a real number such that n > 1, then n2 > 1. Suppose that n2 > 1. Then n > 1.
 166.    Determine whether the following argument is valid. Name the rule of inference or the fallacy. If n is a real number such that n > 2, then n2 > 4. Suppose that n ≤ 2. Then n2 ≤ 4.
167.    Determine whether the following argument is valid:
 She is a Math Major or a Computer Science Major.
 If she does not know discrete math, she is not a Math Major.
 If she knows discrete math, she is smart.
 She is not a Computer Science Major.
 Therefore, she is smart.
 168.    Determine whether the following argument is valid. Rainy days make gardens grow.
 Gardens donÕt grow if it is not hot.
 It always rains on a day that is not hot. Therefore, if it is not hot, then it is hot.
 169.    Determine whether the following argument is valid.
 If you are not in the tennis tournament, you will not meet Ed.
 If you arenÕt in the tennis tournament or if you arenÕt in the play, you wonÕt meet Kelly. You meet Kelly or you donÕt meet Ed.
 It is false that you are in the tennis tournament and in the play. Therefore, you are in the tennis tournament.
 170.    Show that the premises ÒEvery student in this class passed the Þrst examÓ and ÒAlvina is a student in this classÓ imply the conclusion ÒAlvina passed the Þrst examÓ.
 171.    Show that the premises ÒJean is a student in my classÓ and ÒNo student in my class is from EnglandÓ imply the conclusion ÒJean is not from EnglandÓ.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
473
 172.    Determine whether the premises ÒSome math majors left the campus for the weekendÓ and ÒAll seniors left the campus for the weekendÓ imply the conclusion ÒSome seniors are math majors.Ó
 173.    Show that the premises ÒEveryone who read the textbook passed the examÓ, and ÒEd read the textbookÓ imply the conclusion ÒEd passed the examÓ.
 174.    Determine whether the premises ÒNo juniors left campus for the weekendÓ and ÒSome math majors are not juniorsÓ imply the conclusion ÒSome math majors left campus for the weekend.Ó
 175.    Show that the premise ÒMy daughter visited Europe last weekÓ implies the conclusion ÒSomeone visited Europe last weekÓ.
 176.    Suppose you wish to prove a theorem of the form Òif p then qÓ.
 (a)  If you give a direct proof, what do you assume and what do you prove?
 (b)   If you give a proof by contraposition, what do you assume and what do you prove?
 (c)  If you give a proof by contradiction, what do you assume and what do you prove?
 177.    Suppose that you had to prove a theorem of the form Òif p then qÓ. Explain the difference between a direct proof and a proof by contraposition.
 178.    Give a direct proof of the following: ÒIf x is an odd integer and y is an even integer, then x + y is oddÓ.
 179.    Give a proof by contradiction of the following: ÒIf n is an odd integer, then n2 is oddÓ.
 180.    Consider the following theorem: Òif x and y are odd integers, then x + y is evenÓ. Give a direct proof of this theorem.
 181.    Consider the following theorem: Òif x and y are odd integers, then x+y is evenÓ. Give a proof by contradiction of this theorem.
 182.    Give a proof by contradiction of the following:  If x and y are even integers, then xy is even.
 183.    Consider the following theorem: If x is an odd integer, then x + 2 is odd. Give a direct proof of this theorem
 184.    Consider the following theorem: If x is an odd integer, then x + 2 is odd. Give a proof by contraposition of this theorem.
 185.    Consider the following theorem: If x is an odd integer, then x + 2 is odd. Give a proof by contradiction of this theorem.
 186.    Consider the following theorem: If n is an even integer, then n + 1 is odd. Give a direct proof of this theorem.
 187.    Consider the following theorem: If n is an even integer, then n + 1 is odd. Give a proof by contraposition of this theorem.
 188.    Consider the following theorem: If n is an even integer, then n + 1 is odd. Give a proof by contradiction of this theorem.
 189.    Prove that the following is true for all positive integers n: n is even if and only if 3n2 + 8 is even.
 190.    Prove the following theorem: n is even if and only if n2 is even.
 191.    Prove: if m and n are even integers, then mn is a multiple of 4.
 192.    Prove or disprove: For all real numbers x and y, *x − y+ = *x+ − *y+.
 193.    Prove or disprove: For all real numbers x and y, *x + *x++ = *2x+.
 194.    Prove or disprove: For all real numbers x and y, *xy+ = *x+ á *y+.
 195.    Give a proof by cases that x ≤ |x| for all real numbers x.
474                                                                                                                                         Test Bank Questions and Answers
 196.    Suppose you are allowed to give either a direct proof or a proof by contraposition of the following: if 3n + 5 is even, then n is odd. Which type of proof would be easier to give? Explain why.
 197.    Prove that the following three statements about positive integers n are equivalent: (a) n is even; (b) n3 + 1 is odd; (c) n2 − 1 is odd.
 198.    Given any 40 people, prove that at least four of them were born in the same month of the year.
 199.    Prove that the equation 2x2 + y2 = 14 has no positive integer solutions.
 200.    What is wrong with the following ÒproofÓ that −3 = 3, using backward reasoning? Assume that −3 = 3. Squaring both sides yields (−3)2 = 32, or 9 = 9. Therefore −3 = 3.
  Answers for Chapter 1
  1.   Abby has fewer than 301 friends on facebook.
 2.   A messaging package for a cell phone costs at least $20 per month.
 3.   4.5 + 2.5 =) 6
 4.   True.
 5.   True.
 6.   True.
 7.   True.
 8.   False.
 9.
 p
 q
 r
 Â(r → Âq) ∨ (p ∧ Âr)
      T
 T
 T
 T
  T
 T
 F
 T
  T
 F
 T
 F
  T
 F
 F
 T
  F
 T
 T
 T
  F
 T
 F
 F
  F
 F
 T
 F
  F
 F
 F
 F
10.
(a) Âp ∧ q,
 (b) Â(p ∨ Âq).
11.   p ∧ Âq ∧ r.
 12.   (p ∧ Âq ∧ Âr) ∨ (Âp ∧ q ∧ Âr) ∨ (Âp ∧ Âq ∧ r) ∨ (Âp ∧ Âq ∧ Âr).
 13.   (p ∧ Âp) ∨ (q ∧ Âq) ∨ (r ∧ Âr).
 14.   Â(Âp ∨ q) ∨ Â(p ∨ Âq).
 15.   Not equivalent. Let q be false and p and r be true.
 16.   Not equivalent. Let p, q, and r be false.
 17.   Both truth tables are identical:
 p
 q
 (p → q) ∧ (Âp → q)
 q
   T
 T
 T
 T
T
 F
 F
 F
F
 T
 T
 T
F
 F
 F
 F
Test Bank Questions and Answers
475
 18.   Â(Âp ∧ q).
 19.   Â(p ∨ q).
 20.   Both propositions are true when Òit is hotÓ is true and both are false when Òit is hotÓ is false.
 21.   Âp ∨ q.
 22.   Â(p ∧ Âq).
 23.   Truth values differ when p is true and q is false.
 24.   Truth values differ when p is false and q is true.
 25.   No.
 26.   Yes.
 27.   (q ∧ (p → Âq)) → Âp ⇐⇒ (q ∧ (Âp ∨ Âq)) → Âp ⇐⇒ ((q ∧ Âp) ∨ (q ∧ Âq)) → Âp ⇐⇒ (q ∧ Âp) → Âp ⇐⇒
 Â(q ∧ Âp) ∨ Âp ⇐⇒ (Âq ∨ p) ∨ Âp ⇐⇒ Âq ∨ (p ∨ Âp), which is always true.
 28.   No.
 29.   Yes.
 30.   If x is even, then y is odd.
 31.   If A, then B.
 32.   If it is sunny, then it is hot.
 33.   If you donÕt study, then you donÕt get a good grade (equivalently, if you get a good grade, then you study).
 34.   If you study, then you pass.
 35.   If the quarterback can pass, then the team wins.
 36.   If you are not registered, then you cannot check out library books (equivalently, if you check out library books, then you are registered).
 37.   Contrapositive: If you will not win, then you do not try hard. Converse: If you will win, then you try hard. Inverse: If you do not try hard, then you will not win.
 38.   Contrapositive: If you do not sleep late, then it is not Saturday. Converse: If you sleep late, then it is Saturday. Inverse: If it is not Saturday, then you do not sleep late.
 39.   It is not Thursday or it is not cold.
 40.   I will go to the play and read a book, or I will not go to the play and not read a book.
 41.   It is rainy and we do not go to the movies.
 42.   Both propositions can be false at the same time. For example, Al could be present and Bill absent.
 43.   Âc ∧ Âd.
 44.   Âc → r.
 45.   w → c.
 46.   r → (w ∧ c).
 47.   (r ∧ t) → h
 48.   Using m, n, k, and i, there are three rows of the truth table that have all Þve propositions true: the rows TTTT, FFTT, FFFT for m, n, k, i.
 49.   A is a knight, B is a knave.
 50.   A is a knave, B is a knight.
 51.   A is the spy, B is the knight, and C is the knave.
 52.   A is the knave, B is the spy, and C is the knight.
476                                                                                                                                         Test Bank Questions and Answers
 53.   A is the knight, B is the spy, and C is the knave, or A is the knave, B is the spy, and C is the knight.
 54.   Â(Âp ∨ q) ∧ r
 55.   Â(p ∧ Âq) ∧ (q ∨ r)
 56.
p
 q
 p
 r
57.
p
 q
 r
p q r
 58.   Setting p = F and q = T makes the compound proposition true; therefore it is satisÞable.
 59.   Setting q = T and p = F makes the compound proposition true; therefore it is satisÞable.
 60.   False.
 61.   False.
 62.   True.
 63.   True.
 64.   True.
 65.   True.
 66.   False.
 67.   False.
 68.   False.
 69.   False.
 70.   False.
 71.   True. For every real number x we can Þnd a real number y such that x + 2y = 5, namely y = (5 − x)/2.
 72.   False. If it were true for some number x0, then x0 = 5 − 2y for every y, which is not possible.
 73.   True.
 74.   False.
 75.   True.
 76.   True.
 77.   True.
 78.   False.
 79.   True.
 80.   False.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
477
 81.   False.
 82.   T (Eric, MTH 281).
 83.   ∀x F (x).
 84.   ∀x (F (x)→B(x)).
 85.   ∀y (M(y)→ÂU(y)).
 86.   ∀x∃y T (x, y).
 87.   ∃x∀y [A(x) ∧ (M(y) → ÂT (x, y))].
 88.   ∀x∃y [(F (x) ∧ A(x)) → (U(y) ∧ T (x, y))].
 89.   Mikko is a freshman.
 90.   Joe is not taking any course.
 91.   Some part-time students are not freshmen.
 92.   Every student is taking a course.
 93.   Some student is taking every course.
 94.   Every full-time freshman is taking a math course.
 95.   7 < 3.
 96.   There is no largest number.
 97.   No matter what positive number is chosen, there is a larger prime.
 98.   ∀x (I(x)→E(x)).
 99.   ∀x∀y (L(x, y)→ÂQ(x, y)).
 100.   ∀x∃y L(x, y).
 101.   ∃x ÂG(x).
 102.   Â∃x (I(x) ∧ E(x) ∧ ÂE(x)]).
 103.   ∃x ÂA(x).
 104.   ∀x (T (x)→F (x)).
 105.   ∀x (F (x)→ÂA(x)).
 106.   ∃x (T (x) ∧ A(x) ∧ F (x)).
 107.   ∀x (F (x)→ÂA(x)).
 108.   Bill is angry.
 109.   No one is tall and angry.
 110.   Some friendly people are not angry.
 111.   ∃y∀x (F (x)→T (x, y)).
 112.   Â∃x (F (x) ∧ S(x)].
 113.   ∃x∃y (F (x) ∧ A(y) ∧ T (x, y)).
 114.   Â∃x∀y (A(y)→T (x, y)).
 115.   ∀x (F (x)→P (x, calculus)).
 116.   Wisteria did not pass MAT 100.
 117.   There is a course that all students are taking.
 118.   Every student is taking at least one course.
478
 119.   ∀y (C(y)→ÂA(y)).
 120.   S(Lois, Casablanca) ∧ ÂL(Lois, Casablanca).
 121.   ∃x∀y [C(y)→S(x, y)].
 122.   Â∃x∀y [S(x, y)→L(x, y)].
 123.   Â∃y [A(y) ∧ S(Ben, y)].
 124.   There is a movie that Margaret did not see.
 125.   There is a movie that everyone liked.
 126.   Everyone liked at least one movie.
 127.   6.
 128.   1, 10.
 129.   12.
 130.   2.
 131.   3.
 132.   7.
 133.   5, 8, 11.
 134.   9.
 135.   7.
 136.   4.
 137.   3.
 138.   2.
 139.   3.
 140.   2.
 141.   1.
 142.   1.
 143.   2.
 144.   3.
 145.   2.
 146.   3.
 147.   1.
 148.   ∃A ÂF (A).
 149.   ∀A ∀B [(F (B) ∧ S(A, B))→F (A)].
 150.   Â∃A ∃B (ÂF (A) ∧ F (B) ∧ S(A, B)).
 151.   ∀A (F (A)→S(¯, A)).
 152.   No bananas are yellow.
 153.   Some integers ending in the digit 7 are not odd.
 154.   Some tests are easy.
 155.   Roses are not red or violets are not blue.
 156.   All skiers speak Swedish.
Test Bank Questions and Answers
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Discovery Series Introduction to Lifespan 1st Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1: What is Lifespan Development?
 TRUE/FALSE
      1.   In ancient times and in the Middle Ages, children often were valued for their contributions to the home.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      2.   Behaviorism is the discipline that studies the physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development of humans.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      3.   Negative reinforcers decrease the frequency of behaviors when they are removed.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Negative Reinforcers, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      4.   In social cognitive theory, the people after whom we pattern our own behavior are termed models.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      5.   Social cognitive theorists focus on people’s mental processes.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      6.   The exosystem involves the interaction of children with beliefs, values, expectations, and lifestyles of their cultural settings.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      7.   When learning with other people, children externalize the conversations and explanation that help them gain the necessary skills.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      8.   Researchers are continually trying to sort out the extent to which human behavior is the result of nature and of nurture.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              MSC:   TYPE: Medium
      9.   Correlational information can reveal relationships between variables, but it does not show cause and effect.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO11: Discuss the correlational method                          MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    10.   Experiments are usually undertaken to test a hypothesis.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    11.   The dependent variable is a variable whose presence is manipulated by the experimenters so that its effects can be determined.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    12.   Participants should not be offered information about the results of the study.
 ANS:  F                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    13.   The identities of the participants in a study are to remain confidential.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    14.   A Skinner box uses the reinforcement of water.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, The Skinner Box, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    15.   The Skinner box teaches pigeons to learn and alter behavior.
 ANS:  T                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, The Skinner Box, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
 MULTIPLE CHOICE
      1.   How long has scientific inquiry into human development existed?
a.
Since the Middle Ages
c.
In the last twenty years
b.
A little more than a century
d.
Since the 1600s
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      2.   In ancient times and in the Middle Ages, children were often viewed as innately evil and ____.
a.
family social functions excluded them
b.
school was mandatory
c.
discipline was harsh
d.
free time was often used as a  punishment
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      3.   In the Middle Ages, children could be sent to the monastery against their will because they were ____.
a.
legally considered property
c.
not needed at home
b.
considered to be divine
d.
in need of discipline
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      4.   In the Middle Ages children who turned 7 years old were expected to work with the adults in the home and field because they ____.
a.
had reached legal age
c.
had reached an age of adulthood
b.
had reached puberty
d.
had reached an age of reason
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      5.   Eddie came into this world without either good or evil. Anything he became was a result of the experiences he had as a child. What is this an example of?
a.
the age of reason
c.
inherent traits
b.
tabula rasa
d.
environmental development
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      6.   Fred developed based on what he experienced in life and learned to behave based on whether his parents approved or disapproved of his actions. Which theorist would agree with this developmental proposal?
a.
Locke
c.
Hall
b.
Piaget
d.
Rousseau
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      7.   The twentieth century saw many changes in how children were viewed and treated. They were no longer property or sources of labor. What is one development that prompted a change in how children were viewed during this time?
a.
The Industrial Revolution
b.
The theories of Locke
c.
The founding of child development as  an academic discipline
d.
The theories of Rousseau
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      8.   Children became more visible in the ____, fostering awareness of childhood as a special time of life.
a.
Industrial Revolution
c.
twentieth century
b.
Middle Ages
d.
age of reason
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO1: Relate the history of the study of human development    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
      9.   A child is exhibiting anxious behaviors and the therapist works to reconcile internal conflicts within the child based on early experiences with parents in order to develop more adaptive behaviors. What is the theory the therapist is working with?
a.
maturation
c.
psychosocial development
b.
psychosexual development
d.
behaviorism
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    10.   A theory that sees children as developing through distinct periods of life is called ____.
a.
a cognitive theory
c.
a psychosexual theory
b.
a social theory
d.
a stage theory
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    11.   According to Freud, internal processes conflict with one another, causing problems with observable behaviors. Which of the following is one of the main issues that causes internal conflict?
a.
basic biological drives versus social  expectations
b.
basic sexual drives versus parent  relationships
c.
basic aggressive drives versus  relationships with same-sex parents
d.
basic biological drives versus  emotional development
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Application          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    12.   Hailey is a one-year-old baby who is hungry. She begins crying and does not stop until she is fed, regardless of what her parents do to soothe her. Which part of Freud’s theory is at work with Hailey?
a.
the id
c.
the superego
b.
the ego
d.
the conscious
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Application          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    13.   Freud’s theory includes conflict between parts of the personality. Each part has a function and, according to Freud, there are times when the drive of one is in conflict with the drive of another. One of the functions acts to satisfy and mediate the others. Which one does this?
a.
ego
c.
unconscious
b.
superego
d.
id
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    14.   Adele allowed her baby to nurse until she was two years old. At five years old, Adele’s child refused to give up sucking his thumb. Adele’s mother read about Freudian psychology and learned that the thumb sucking was due to problems during which stage of development?
a.
genital
c.
latency
b.
phallic
d.
oral
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Application          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    15.   In which psychosexual stage is gratification obtained through control and elimination of waste products?
a.
phallic
c.
oral
b.
latency
d.
anal
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    16.   Ed is five years-old and has a crush on his mother. He is resentful of the time his father spends with her and competes for her attention. Which stage is Ed in?
a.
latency
c.
anal
b.
phallic
d.
genital
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    17.   Ned begins to experience drives for sexual gratification with someone of the opposite sex. What psychosexual stage is this?
a.
phallic
c.
genital
b.
oral
d.
latency
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    18.   Which of the following focuses on how a person’s cultural environment influences his or her development?
a.
maturation
c.
developmental psychology
b.
psychosexual development
d.
stage theory
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory  of psychosexual development    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    19.   Which of the following would be an example of how Freud gathered information for his theories?
a.
He gathered information by observing  children at different ages.
b.
He gathered information by  interviewing children of different ages.
c.
He gathered information from parents  about their children.
d.
He gathered information from adult  clients about their childhood.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    20.   Which of the following theories would be more of a flexible approach to how early experiences influence development?
a.
psychosexual development
c.
behavioral development
b.
psychosocial development
d.
cognitive development
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    21.   Which of the following Erikson stages corresponds to Freud’s anal stage?
a.
trust vs. mistrust
c.
initiative vs. guilt
b.
autonomy vs. shame and doubt
d.
industry vs. inferiority
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    22.   Which of the following psychosexual stages correspond to the identity vs. role diffusion stage of psychosocial development?
a.
anal stage
c.
latency stage
b.
phallic stage
d.
genital stage
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2: Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    23.   Who argued that a scientific approach to development must focus only on observable behavior?
a.
Freud
c.
Watson
b.
Erikson
d.
Skinner
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    24.   Kali automatically gets up and switches classes in school when she hears the second bell. Which theory describes this behavior?
a.
psychosexual development
c.
classical conditioning
b.
operant conditioning
d.
cognitive development
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    25.   Which of the following would be a positive reinforcer?
a.
Removing the tone when you buckle your  seatbelt
b.
Allowing you to get out of your room  after you clean it
c.
Spanking you for not studying for your  test
d.
Allowing an extra scoop of ice cream  for passing the test
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online    OBJ:           LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    26.   Which of the following is likely to occur when you remove the bell in school?
a.
extinction
c.
conditioned response
b.
reinforcement
d.
consequence
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    27.   What typically happens when a negative reinforcer is removed?
a.
The frequency of behavior increases.
b.
The frequency of behavior decreases.
c.
The behavior ceases.
d.
The frequency of behavior does not  change.
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online    OBJ:           LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    28.   What typically happens when a punishment is presented?
a.
The unwanted behavior increases.
c.
The desired behavior decreases.
b.
The unwanted behavior decreases.
d.
The desired behavior increases.
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online    OBJ:           LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    29.   Which of the following increases the frequency of a desired behavior?
a.
extinction
c.
negative reinforcer
b.
positive reinforcer
d.
conditioned stimulus
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Animation, Negative Reinforcers, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    30.   Which of the following would increase the resumption of an undesired behavior?
a.
removal of the reinforcer
c.
increasing and decreasing the  reinforcer
b.
increasing the reinforcer
d.
decreasing the reinforcer
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    31.   Mary and Paul are playing house when Paul’s friends come over. Paul quickly stops playing house and gets out his trucks. Why is Paul reacting this way?
a.
socialization through classical  conditioning
b.
socialization through operant  conditioning
c.
socialization through cognitive learning
d.
socialization through adaptation
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, Vocalizations in Infants, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    32.   Which of the following theorists proposed that learning occurs through observing other people?
a.
Bandura
c.
Skinner
b.
Erikson
d.
Piaget
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    33.   Kali watches her mother vacuum and decides to do it herself. Her mother shows her how. What is her mother doing?
a.
adapting
c.
accommodating
b.
assimilating
d.
modeling
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: discuss the social cognitive perspective on development  
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    34.   Which theories provides the basis for many educational TV shows?
a.
psychosexual
c.
learning
b.
psychosocial
d.
behaviorist
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    35.   Tara moved from the country to the city and is learning to adjust to the faster pace. She has started to learn how navigate the different streets. Which Piaget concept is Tara utilizing?
a.
assimilation
c.
accommodation
b.
adaptation
d.
equilibration
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    36.   David is a two year-old who is trying to get the cat to play with her like the dog does. She starts calling “doggie” and runs after the cat. Which of Piaget’s concepts is she using?
a.
accommodation
c.
assimilation
b.
equilibration
d.
adaptation
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    37.   Which theorist do teachers follow when they actively engage children in solving problems?
a.
Bandura
c.
Piaget
b.
Lorenz
d.
Skinner
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective in development  
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    38.   Which of the following theories emphasizes learning by watching others?
a.
classical conditioning
c.
cognitive-developmental
b.
social cognitive
d.
biological
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO4: Discuss the social cognitive perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    39.   Which of the following theorists would have been most interested in a child’s mental processes when answering a question?
a.
Bandura
c.
Lorenz
b.
Freud
d.
Piaget
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    40.   Which of the following would be a mental structure responsible for helping a child determine how to act in a restaurant?
a.
scheme
c.
heuristic
b.
adaptation
d.
pattern
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    41.   As infants begin to get teeth, they are introduced to chewable foods and they must add them to their food scheme. Which Piaget concept does this portray?
a.
adaptation
c.
accommodation
b.
assimilation
d.
equilibration
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    42.   When teachers use Piaget’s theory of cognitive development, which of the following do they practice?
a.
They provide instruction appropriate  for the current development stage and encourage the child to move on to the  next level.
b.
They provide instruction appropriate  for the current development stage and encourage the child to remain at that  level until they achieve complete mastery.
c.
They provide instruction appropriate  for the next development stage to encourage the child to move on to the next  level.
d.
They provide instruction appropriate  for the next development stage and push them to try harder.
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    43.   Which of the following is one criticism of Piaget?
a.
Many cognitive skills develop in  distinct stages.
b.
Piaget may have overestimated the ages  when children are capable of certain tasks.
c.
Piaget may have ignored proper ages  for certain tasks.
d.
Many cognitive skills develop  gradually.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    44.   Which of the following settings utilizes Piaget’s work to the highest degree?
a.
educational
c.
residential
b.
correctional
d.
clinical
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    45.   During which of the following stages would a child begin to adopt the viewpoint of others?
a.
sensorimotor
c.
concrete operational
b.
preoperational
d.
formal operational
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    46.   During which of the following stages would a child acquire the basics of language?
a.
sensorimotor
c.
concrete operational
b.
preoperational
d.
formal operational
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    47.   Which of the following areas would be concerned with how instinctive survival occurs?
a.
Ecology
c.
Physiology
b.
Ethology
d.
Biology
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    48.   Which of the following would involve a child interacting with the zoo representative on a field trip?
a.
microsystem
c.
exosystem
b.
mesosystem
d.
macrosystem
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, Perspectives on Development, Online
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    49.   Which of the following systems would include programs to help mothers with infants?
a.
microsystem
c.
exosystem
b.
mesosystem
d.
macrosystem
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, Perspectives on Development, Online
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    50.   Which of the following systems would be in place as a child negotiates with her mother over her allowance?
a.
microsystem
c.
exosystem
b.
mesosystem
d.
macrosystem
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, Perspectives on Development, Online
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    51.   What are sudden changes in genetic material that provide differences from parents?
a.
reflexes
c.
fixed action patterns
b.
mutations
d.
instinctive patterns
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    52.   Homing pigeons are said to be able to always find their way home based on their instincts. Which of the following concepts explains this?
a.
mutations
c.
ecology
b.
ethology
d.
fixed action patterns
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    53.   Which of the following seems to be connected with feelings of self-confidence, high activity, levels and aggressiveness?
a.
mutations
c.
testosterone
b.
reflexes
d.
estrogen
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    54.   Which of the following has been implicated in human behavior based on research into the biological perspective?
a.
specificity
c.
instincts
b.
rapid mutations
d.
androgyny
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    55.   Which of the following theorists proposed the sociocultural theory?
a.
Piaget
c.
Bandura
b.
Vygotsky
d.
Bronfenbrenner
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    56.   Which of the following refers to a range of tasks that a child can carry out with the help of someone who is more skilled?
a.
scaffolding
c.
zone of proximal development
b.
ethology
d.
zone of natural development
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    57.   Which of the following would concern Vygotsky?
a.
Karen is conditioned to respond to the  school bell.
b.
Karen can distinguish between cake and  cupcakes.
c.
Karen learns by watching her mother.
d.
Karen learns from interacting with her  parents and teachers.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    58.   Which of the following would be Vygotsky’s focus?
a.
A child’s brain capacity
c.
A child’s genetic makeup
b.
A child’s biological age
d.
A child’s social interactions
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    59.   Which of the following is a temporary skeletal structure that enables workers to fabricate a building or other more permanent structure?
a.
zone of proximal development
c.
scaffolding
b.
maturation
d.
fixed action patterns
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO7: Discuss Vygotsky's theory of sociocultural development
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    60.   Which of the following would be of most interest to a biological theorist?
a.
A child’s interaction with parents
c.
A child’s genetic makeup
b.
A child’s cultural background
d.
A child’s education
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, The Macrosystem and Independence, Online       OBJ:           LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    61.   Which of the following would be of interest to biological theorists?
a.
language development
c.
personality development
b.
social development
d.
cultural development
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, The Macrosystem and Independence, Online       OBJ:           LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    62.   Which of the following is defined as the processes within an organism that guide it to develop according to its genetic code?
a.
biology
c.
nurture
b.
nature
d.
instinct
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, The Macrosystem and Independence, Online       OBJ:           LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    63.   Whose theory is the most discontinuous?
a.
Erikson
c.
Bronfenbrenner
b.
Vygotsky
d.
Piaget
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Reading, The Macrosystem and Independence, Online       OBJ:           LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
    64.   Which of the following would be an example of Locke’s theory?
a.
Children are born evil.
b.
Children are born good.
c.
Children are born with inherent  knowledge.
d.
Children are born with nothing.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO8: Discuss controversies in development                              MSC:   TYPE: Medium
    65.   Which of the following would be an example of the naturalistic-observation method?
a.
Watching children play
c.
Asking children what they like to play
b.
Creating a game for children to play
d.
Asking children about their play  history
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO9: Describe the naturalistic-observation method         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    66.   A scientist decides to see how many cars use the far parking lot in the early morning. He sits inside where he can see the parking lot and counts cars. Which type of research is he using?
a.
naturalistic-observation
c.
experiment
b.
case study
d.
survey
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO9: Describe the naturalistic-observation method         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    67.   Which of the following is a carefully drawn biography of the life of an individual?
a.
naturalistic observation
c.
standardized test
b.
case study
d.
survey
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO10: Describe the case study       MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    68.   A researcher wants to look at a few children using a method where he can gather a lot of information on what has happened in their lives so far. Which method should he use?
a.
naturalistic-observation
c.
correlation
b.
case study
d.
standardized test
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO10: Describe the case study       MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    69.   Which of the following methods is often used in schools when children are all tested at the same time on the same subject?
a.
naturalistic observation
c.
standardized test
b.
case study
d.
questionnaire
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO10: Discuss the case study         MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    70.   Which of the following pertains to a number that varies between +1.00 and -1.00?
a.
standardized test
c.
positive correlation
b.
correlation coefficient
d.
dependent variable
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO11: Discuss the correlational method                          MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    71.   Sam found that as the number of churches in town went up, the number of bars went down. Which of the following can be said about this information?
a.
There is a positive correlation
c.
There is a negative correlation
b.
There is no correlation
d.
There is a correlation coefficient
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook | Animation, The Experimental Method, Online           OBJ:               LO11: Discuss the correlational method  
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    72.   Mike has found that the more he studies, the higher his test scores are. Which type of correlation is this?
a.
correlation coefficient
c.
positive correlation
b.
zero correlation
d.
negative correlation
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook | Animation, The Experimental Method, Online           OBJ:               LO11: Discuss the correlational method  
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    73.   Which of the following is a proposition to be tested?
a.
correlation coefficient
c.
hypothesis
b.
experiment
d.
variable
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO12: Define hypothesis               MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    74.   Which of the following is the basis for what an experiment seeks to do?
a.
correlation coefficient
c.
variable
b.
hypothesis
d.
selection factor
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO12: Define hypothesis               MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    75.   A researcher proposes that student performance is affected by temperature. What is this called?
a.
An experiment
c.
A hypothesis
b.
A selection factor
d.
A dependent variable
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO12: Define hypothesis               MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    76.   Which of the following is the preferred method for investigating cause and effect?
a.
correlational study
c.
experiment
b.
case study
d.
naturalistic observation
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Remember
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    77.   In a study to determine whether temperature affects test performance, what is the test performance?
a.
dependent variable
c.
correlation coefficient
b.
independent variable
d.
experimental group
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    78.   Addie is assigned to a group that does not receive the treatment being studied. What is her part in this experiment?
a.
She is part of an experimental group.
c.
She is part of a control group.
b.
She is part of the dependent variable.
d.
She is part of the treatment group.
  ANS:  C                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    79.   Matt created a study that looked at how children adjusted to divorce at the ages of 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, and 13. Which type of research is this?
a.
correlational
c.
observational
b.
experimental
d.
longitudinal
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO14: Describe the use and benefits of longitudinal research  
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    80.   Steve decides to do a study on intelligence in math based on age. He takes three groups of children in three different ages and studies them at the same time. Which type of research is he conducting?
a.
experimental
c.
cross-sequential
b.
observational
d.
longitudinal
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO15: Describe the use and benefits of cross-sectional research          
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    81.   Which of the following is required from each participant in a research study?
a.
release of liability during the study
c.
obedience during the study
b.
consent to participate in the study
d.
commitment for the entire study
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    82.   The Skinner box trains a rat based on which of the following?
a.
classic conditioning
c.
social learning
b.
observational learning
d.
operant conditioning
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    83.   What did the Skinner box demonstrate?
a.
The rat’s ability to learn its way  around a maze.
b.
The rat’s ability to get out of a box.
c.
The rat’s ability to find food.
d.
The rat’s ability to learn how to get  its water.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    84.   What did Skinner’s Pigeon box show?
a.
Behavior could be learned and altered
c.
Behavior remains consistent
b.
Behavior could be learned
d.
Behavior could be altered
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    85.   What did Skinner determine based on the Skinner box?
a.
We are shaped by free will.
b.
We are shaped by our environment.
c.
We are shaped by actions and free will  not consequences.
d.
We are shaped by actions and  consequences not free will.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
    86.   What alters the behavior of the pigeons in the Skinner box?
a.
reinforcements
c.
punishments
b.
stimuli
d.
consequences
  ANS:  A                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook | Video, Classical Conditioning, Online
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Easy
    87.   Which ethical guideline did Watson’s experiment with Little Albert violate?
a.
Participants may withdraw from the  study at any time, for any reason.
b.
Participants must provide voluntary  consent to participate in the study.
c.
Participants should be offered  information about the results of the study.
d.
Researchers are not to use methods  that may do physical or psychological harm.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply        
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook | Reading, Ethics and Conditioning Little Albert, Online | Video, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    88.   Why was Watson’s research with Albert controversial?
a.
The baby did not like bunnies.
c.
The baby was unsupervised.
b.
The baby was clearly in distress.
d.
The baby was bribed with candy.
  ANS:  B                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook | Reading, Ethics and Conditioning Little Albert, Online | Video, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    89.   Which of the following would be the likely IRB determination of Watson’s experiment with Albert?
a.
The IRB would allow it as it was  conducted.
b.
The IRB would allow it as long as the  mother was present.
c.
The IRB would allow the rat but not  the bunny.
d.
The IRB would not allow the  experiment.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze    
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook | Reading, Ethics and Conditioning Little Albert, Online | Video, Positive versus Negative Reinforcers, Online
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Medium
    90.   Why are ethical guidelines valuable?
a.
They reduce experiment liability.
b.
They limit the amount of research.
c.
They obligate participants to complete  the experiment.
d.
They protect the well-being of the  participants involved.
  ANS:  D                    PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Understand            
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Medium
 SHORT ANSWER
      1.   How does Freud’s phallic stage compare with Erikson’s initiative vs. guilt stage? Describe one similarity and one difference.
 ANS:  
Both stages occur approximately around three to six years of age. Freud focused on negative development resulting from fixation while Erikson looked at how children can become proactive.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate                          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO2 Discuss Freud's theory of psychosexual development                  
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
      2.   Explain the series of events that occurs when you use positive reinforcement in an effort to get your child to study more?
 ANS:  
When the parent sees the child studying, he praises the child and provides positive feedback. The child then studies more.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate                          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO3: Discuss the behaviorist perspective on development                    
MSC:  TYPE: Medium        
      3.   List three of the characteristics of the concrete operational stage and give an example of each.
 ANS:  
The child develops conservation concepts: the child can distinguish between a cake and cupcakes and knows they both contain the same amount.
The child can adopt the viewpoint of others: the child can see that others might favor vanilla over chocolate.
The child shows comprehension basic to relational concepts: the child can see that one line on a board is longer than the other.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate                          
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO5: Discuss Piaget's concepts and his stages of cognitive development
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
      4.   List the systems of Bronfenbrenner ecological perspective and give an example of each.
 ANS:  
Microsystem - family
Mesosystem - school
Exosystem - health care          
Macrosystem - cultural beliefs
Chronosystem - historical changes
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Apply                              
REF:   1.1 Theories of Development, Textbook                        
OBJ:   LO6: Discuss Bronfenbrenner's ecological perspective on development
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
      5.   Explain the difference between a dependent variable and an independent variable.
 ANS:  
A dependent variable measures the effects of the independent variable. The independent variable is manipulated to determine the dependent variable.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate                          
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO13: Discuss the experimental method                         MSC:  TYPE: Medium
      6.   Define cross-sequential research and discuss its benefits.
 ANS:  
Cross-sequential research obtains two samples of children and studies them at two different intervals. The full span of the ideal longitudinal study is broken up into convenient segments that can be studied in a shorter period of time.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Analyze                          
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO15: Describe the use and benefits of cross-sectional research          
MSC:  TYPE: Difficult        
      7.   What are ethical standards intended to accomplish?
 ANS:  
Promote the dignity of the individual, foster human welfare, and maintain scientific integrity.
 PTS:   1                    DIF:    Bloom's: Evaluate                          
REF:   1.2 Research Methods in Life-Span Development, Textbook    
OBJ:   LO16: Discuss ethical issues in developmental research MSC:  TYPE: Difficult
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Dental Radiography Principals and Techniques 5th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
    Chapter 1
 Introduction
 1-1. Approximately how many babies have been born through in vitro fertilization (IVF)?
 a)       Hundreds
b)      Thousands
c)       Hundreds of thousands
d)      Millions
 Answer: d
Page: 4
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: Introduction
APA LO: 2.5
  1-2. _______ development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occur from conception through death.
 a)       Biological
b)      Lifespan
c)       Psychological
 d)      Research
 Answer: b
Page: 5
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
1-3. In its study of growth, change, and stability, lifespan development takes a(n) ______
approach.
 a)       intuitive
b)      scientific
c)       social
d)      environmental
 Answer: b
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-4. A professor wants to examine the effectiveness of a new teaching approach. She has a theory about how this new approach will work, and will use a methodical approach to test her theory. Her 9:00 a.m. class will be exposed to the new method of viewing teaching tapes while her 10:00 a.m. class will be exposed to traditional lectures. She will assess the students’ progress after six sessions. What method is the professor using to conduct her experiment?
 a)       Intuitive
b)      Biological
c)       Environmental
d)      Scientific
 Answer: d
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective L01
APA LO: 2.1
1-5. The vast majority of lifespan development focuses on __________.
 a)       nonhuman species
b)      test tube babies
c)       biological and environmental development
d)      human development
 Answer: d
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-6. A lifespan developmentalist whose topical focus is the body’s makeup is interested in
 __________ development.
 a)       cognitive
b)      physical
c)       personality
d)      social
 Answer: b
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
1-7. A researcher working with college-age football players is conducting a longitudinal study to examine an athlete’s decline in on- the-field performance as the athlete ages. What type of development would the researcher most likely be studying?
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Personality
c)       Physical
d)      Social
 Answer: c
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-8. __________ development involves the ways that growth and change in intellectual capabilities influence a person’s behavior.
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Physical
c)       Personality
d)      Social
 Answer: a
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-9. Researchers in the early learning department of a university are conducting a long-term study to see how problem- solving skills change over time as school-age students move from elementary school to high school to college. What type of development are the researchers most likely studying?
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Personality
c)       Social
d)      Physical
 Answer: a
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-10. Researchers who use intellectual (IQ) testing as part of their research project with elementary-age students are likely to be researching __________ development.
 a)       personality
b)      cognitive
c)       social
d)      physical
 Answer: b
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 2.1
1-11. What type of lifespan developmentalist is interested in how a person who experiences a significant or traumatic event early in life will remember that event later in life?
 a)       Physical
b)      Social
c)       Cognitive
d)      Personality
 Answer: c
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-12. A researcher is interested in conducting a study to determine whether people who experienced a devastating event, such as a house fire where the family lost everything, suffer lasting effects from such devastation early in life. This researcher is interested in the __________
development of the subject(s).
 a)       personality
b)      social
c)       cognitive
d)      physical
 Answer: c
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-13. __________ development involves the ways that the enduring characteristics that differentiate one person from another change over the life span.
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Physical
c)       Personality
d)      Social
 Answer: c
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-14. A student reads a flyer on the campus bulletin board that says a researcher is searching for students to volunteer for a long-term study. Participation includes completing testing that measures traits such as temperament, attitudes, and adaptability, as well as being available for follow-up for the next 10 years. The researcher who is developing this study is most likely interested in __________ development.
 a)       personality
b)      social
c)       cognitive
d)      physical
 Answer: a
Page: 6
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 2.1
1-15. __________ development involves the way in which individuals’ interactions with others and their social relationships grow, change, and remain stable over the course of life.
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Physical
c)       Personality
d)      Social
 Answer: d
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-16. Lifespan developmentalists typically look at which of the following areas?
 a)       A particular family
b)      A particular age range
c)       A particular town/city
d)      A particular country
 Answer: b
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-17. A developmental researcher who is interested in studying what senses are used most often by a child or what the long-term results of premature birth are would be studying __________
 development.
 a)       social
b)      physical
c)       personality
d)      cognitive
 Answer: b
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-18. If a developmental researcher is studying what the earliest memories that can be recalled from infancy are, or what the intellectual consequences of watching television are, in what developmental area is the researcher interested?
 a)       Social
b)      Physical
c)       Cognitive
d)      Personality
 Answer: c
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-19. A shared notion of reality that is widely accepted but is a function of society and culture at a given time is/are called __________.
 a)       topical areas of lifespan development
b)      social construction
c)       age ranges
d)      social development
 Answer: b
Page: 6
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-20. The concept of childhood as a special period did not exist until the __________ century.
 a)       sixteenth
b)      seventeenth
c)       eighteenth
d)      twentieth
 Answer: c
Pages: 6–7
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-21. Which period is considered a social construction and does not have a clear-cut boundary?
 a)       Infancy begins with birth.
b)      Adolescence starts with sexual maturity.
c)       Middle and late adulthood end with death.
d)      The preschool period ends with entry into public school.
 Answer: c
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-22. In Western culture, what age is considered the start of young adulthood?
 a)       16
b)      18
c)       20
d)      35
 Answer: c
Page: 7
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-23. Walter is a college student who is about to graduate from college. At what age would he say a substantial change is occurring in his life?
 a)       When he finished his junior year of high school at age 17
b)      When he turned 20 years of age
c)       When he leaves college and enters the workforce around age 22
d)      When he turns 26 years old
 Answer: c
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
 Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-24. When discussing developmental diversity, what characteristic of good parenting do Mayan mothers consider essential?
 a)       Laying their infants down
b)      Constant contact between themselves and their infant children
c)       Constant nourishment of their children
d)      Allowing their infants to cry
 Answer: b
Page: 7
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
1-25. Race is what kind of a concept?
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Cultural
c)       Biological
d)      Social
 Answer: c
Page: 7
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-26. When Allison was completing her medical forms in the doctor’s office, she was asked to indicate her race. What may be an appropriate reason(s) for the question on the forms?
 a)       To establish her skin color
b)      To establish her ethnic/cultural heritage
c)       To establish her religion
d)      To establish biological factors
 Answer: d
Page: 7
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
1-27. The concept of race is exceedingly imprecise for all of the following reasons EXCEPT
 __________.
 a)       depending upon how it is defined, there are between 3 and 300 races
b)      no race is genetically distinct
c)       the question of race seems comparatively insignificant because 99.9 percent of humans’ genetic makeup is identical
d)      names can best reflect different races and ethnic groups
 Answer: d
Page: 7
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-28. A group of people who are born around the same time in the same place is called a(n)
__________.
 a)       race
b)      cohort
c)       ethnic group
d)      normative group
 Answer: b
Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
1-29. People who lived in New York City during the 9/11 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center experienced shared challenges due to the attack that are called __________ effects.
 a)       biological
b)      environmental
c)       cohort
d)      Millennial Generation
 Answer: c
Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-30. Biological and environmental factors that are associated with a certain historical event, such as the bombing of Pearl Harbor, can be considered __________.
 a)       age-graded influences
b)      history-graded influences
c)       sociocultural-graded influences
d)      non-normative life events
 Answer: b
Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-31. Biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of where they are raised, are called __________ influences.
 a)       age-graded
b)      history-graded
c)       biological
d)      environmental
 Answer: a
Page: 8
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
1-32. __________ is an example of a biological universal event that occurs at relatively the same time throughout all societies.
 a)       Young adulthood
b)      Puberty
c)       Adulthood
d)      Death
 Answer: b
Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-33. Alice’s symptoms of menopause include hot flashes and cessation of her monthly menstrual cycle. Alice’s doctor tells her she is experiencing a(n) __________.
 a)       non-normative life event
b)      age-graded influence
c)       history-graded influence
d)      sociocultural-graded influence
 Answer: b
Page: 8
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
1-34. When social and cultural factors affect an individual at a particular time and include such variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership, these factors are called
__________.
 a)       age-graded influences
b)      non-normative life events
c)       history-graded influences
d)      sociocultural-graded influences
 Answer: d
Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L02
APA LO: 1.2
 1-35. In __________, development is __________, with achievements at one level building on those of previous levels.
 a)       discontinuous change; distinct
b)      continuous change; gradual
c)       discontinuous change; gradual
d)      continuous change; distinct
 Answer: b
Pages: 9
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-36. In __________, each stage is __________.
 a)       discontinuous change; distinct
b)      continuous change; distinct
c)       distinct change; discontinuous
d)      distinct change; gradual
 Answer: a
Page: 10
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
 1-37. Consider a situation in which a woman comes down with a case of rubella (German measles) in the eleventh week of pregnancy, as opposed to the thirtieth week of pregnancy. The difference in the way rubella would affect the unborn child at these two times is an example of a
 __________.
 a)       continuous change
b)      discontinuous change
c)       critical period
d)      sensitive period
 Answer: c
Page: 10
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-38. Development that occurs in distinct steps or stages, with each stage bringing about behavior that is assumed to be qualitatively different from behavior at earlier stages, is called
__________ change.
 a)       discontinuous
b)      continuous
c)       critical
d)      natural
 Answer: a
Page: 10
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
 1-39. A specific time during development at which a particular event has its greatest consequences and the presence of certain kinds of environmental stimuli is necessary for development to proceed normally is called __________.
 a)       discontinuous change
b)      continuous change
c)       a critical period
d)      natural change
 Answer: c
Page: 10
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-40. Early developmentalists tended to focus their attention on __________, often to the exclusion of other parts of the life span.
 a)       infancy to preschool years
b)      preschool to adolescence
c)       infancy and adolescence
d)      adolescence and adulthood
 Answer: c
Page: 10
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
 1-41. In a __________, organisms are particularly susceptible to certain kinds of stimuli in their environments, but the absence of those stimuli does not always produce irreversible consequences.
 a)       sensitive period
b)      continuous change
c)       critical period
d)      discontinuous change
 Answer: a
Page: 10
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-42. What issue has dominated much work in lifespan development?
 a)       Which area(s) of lifespan development is/are the most important?
b)      How much of people’s behavior is due to their genetically determined nature and how much is due to nurture?
c)       What are the historical roots of developmentalists and lifespan development?
d)      How are developmental research studies developed?
 Answer: b
Page: 11
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
 1-43. “Nature” refers to __________.
 a)       traits, abilities, and capacities inherited from biological parents
b)      biological forces within the environment that affect change
c)       how people’s growth and change are affected at the cellular level
d)      socioeconomic surroundings that affect people’s growth and change
 Answer: a
Page: 11
Level: 1-Easy
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
 1-44. The predetermined unfolding of genetic information is known as __________.
 a)       nurture
b)      influences of the physical and social environment
c)       maturation
d)      conception
 Answer: c
Page 11
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
1-45. Environmental influences that shape behavior are referred to as __________.
 a)       nurture
b)      maturation
c)       nature
d)      social evolution
 Answer: a
Page: 11
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
 1-46. Wilma used both cocaine and alcohol during her pregnancy. This __________
environmental influence is known as __________.
 a)       biological; nurture
b)      cognitive; nature
c)       chemical; maturation
d)      social; nature
 Answer: a
Page: 11
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Apply What You Know Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
 1-47. Genetically determined traits not only directly influence a child’s __________, but also indirectly shape the child’s __________.
 a)       behavior; environments
b)      environment; behavior
c)       maturation; circumstances
d)      circumstances; personality
 Answer: a
Page: 11
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.1
1-48. According to the textbook, which statement best reflects how many researchers view the nature–nurture question?
a)       Nature is clearly dominant in most cases.
b)       Nurture is clearly dominant in most cases.
c)       both sides should be considered, because most behaviors fall somewhere in between.
d)     Neither side should be considered, because most behaviors are not explained by either factor.
 Answer: c
Page: 11
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L04
APA LO: 1.1
 1-49. Broad, organized explanations and predictions concerning phenomena of interest are called
 __________ and provide a framework for understanding the relationships among an unorganized set of facts or principles.
 a)       concepts
b)      hypotheses
c)       theories
d)      perspectives
 Answer: c
Page: 12
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
1-50. Advocates of the __________ perspective believe that much of behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts of which a person has little awareness and over which a person has little control control.
a)       psychodynamic
b)      psychosocial
c)       behavioral
d)      psychosexual
 Answer: a
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.2
 1-51. Freud proposed a theory that suggests that unconscious forces act to influence personality and behavior. This is called the __________ theory.
 a)       psychosocial
b)      psychosexual
c)       psychoanalytic
d)      behavioral
 Answer: c
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
1-52. The psychodynamic perspective is closely associated with __________.
 a)       Sigmund Freud
b)      Erik Erikson
c)       B.F. Skinner
d)      Jean Piaget
 Answer: a
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.2
 1-53. Sigmund Freud is responsible for revolutionary ideas and the __________ theory.
 a)       behavioral
b)      psychoanalytic
c)       phallic
d)      reality
 Answer: b
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
 Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
 1-54. Freud believed that the _________ contains infantile wishes, desires, demands, and needs that are hidden from conscious awareness because they are disturbing.
 a)       superego
b)      id
c)       ego
d)      unconscious
 Answer: d
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-55. The approach stating that behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts that are generally beyond peoples’ awareness and control is called the __________.
 a)       clinical approach
b)      investigative approach
c)       psychodynamic perspective
d)      analytical perspective
 Answer: c
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-56. According to Freud, which part of everyone’s personality operates according to the “pleasure principle”?
 a)       unconscious
b)      ego
c)       superego
d)      id
 Answer: d
Page: 13
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-57. Freud believed that the goal of the pleasure principle was to __________.
 a)       reduce satisfaction and maximize tension
b)      maximize satisfaction and reduce tension
c)       reduce inhibition and maximize unconscious awareness
d)      increase inhibition and reduce unconscious awareness
 Answer: b
Page: 13
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-58. Freud believed that the __________ is the part of the personality that is rational and reasonable.
 a)       id
b)      superego
c)       conscious
d)      ego
 Answer: d
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-59. Freud believed that the ego operates on the __________.
 a)       unconscious
b)      reality principle
c)       pleasure principle
d)      conscious
 Answer: b
Page: 15
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-60. If a child develops into a person who integrates into society and maintains a good awareness of safety, Freud may say that person has a well-developed __________.
 a)       id
b)      superego
c)       consciousness
d)      ego
 Answer: d
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-61. The __________ is Freud’s representation of incorporating the distinction between right and wrong.
 a)       ego
b)      id
c)       superego
d)      unconscious
 Answer: c
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-62. Freud believed that the __________ begins to develop around age five or six and is learned from significant authority figures.
 a)       id
b)      superego
c)       conscious
d)      ego
 Answer: b
Page: 13
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-63. According to Freud, a series of stages that children pass through in which pleasure, or gratification, is focused on a particular biological function and body part is called __________.
 a)       psychosexual development
b)      the psychosexual approach
c)       the psychoanalytic theory
d)      the psychoanalytical approach
 Answer: a
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-64. Freud believed that if children are unable to gratify themselves in a particular stage of development, or if they are over-gratified in a particular stage of development, __________ may occur.
 a)       fixation
b)      conflict
c)       stages
d)      patterns
 Answer: a
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-65. Adults demonstrating excessive activities such as eating, talking, or chewing gum may be experiencing a(n) __________ fixation.
 a)       anal
b)      oral
c)       phallic
d)      psychosexual
 Answer: b
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1- 66. Thom is an adolescent who has an awareness of uniqueness of self and knowledge of roles to be followed. He can be said to have passed through Erikson’s __________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       trust vs. mistrust
b)      initiative vs. guilt
c)       industry vs. inferiority
d)      identity vs. role diffusion
 Answer: d
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-67. Kimberly is a young woman who has a fear of relationships with others. She can be said to have had a negative outcome in Erikson’s __________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       initiative vs. guilt
b)       autonomy vs. shame and doubt
c)       intimacy vs. isolation
d)      generativity vs. stagnation
 Answer: c
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-68. As Warren looks back over his long life, he feels a sense of unity in his life’s accomplishments. He would be described as being in Erikson’s __________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       industry vs. inferiority
b)       ego-integrity vs. despair
c)       identity vs. role diffusion
d)      autonomy vs. shame and doubt
 Answer: b
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-69. Suri identifies with her mother as a role model. She has passed through Freud’s
__________ stage of psychosexual development.
 a)       anal
b)      oral
c)       phallic
d)      latent
 Answer: c
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-70. Psychoanalyst __________ provided an alternative psychodynamic view in his theory of psychosocial development.
 a)       B.F Skinner
b)      Sigmund Freud
c)       Erik Erikson
d)      Jean Piaget
 Answer: c
Page: 13
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
1-71. Erikson proposed a __________ theory, which emphasized that society and culture influence and shape us.
 a)       psychosocial
b)      psychodynamic
c)       psychoanalytic
d)      behavioral
 Answer: a
Page: 13
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-72. Erikson’s psychosocial theory of development proposes ________ distinct stages.
 a)       three
b)      five
c)       eight
d)      two
 Answer: c
Pages: 13–14
Level: 1-Easy
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-73. Erikson argued that each of his stages presents a(n) __________ that the individual must resolve.
 a)       crisis
b)      fixation
c)       dilemma
d)      interaction
 Answer: a
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-74. Erikson’s theory differs from Freud’s in that Erikson believed that development
__________.
 a)      is completed in infancy
b)      is completed in early childhood
c)      is completed by adolescence
d)      continues throughout the life span
 Answer: d
Page: 14
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-75. The __________ suggests that keys to understanding development are observable behaviors and outside stimuli in the environment.
 a)       psychodynamic perspective
b)      behavioral perspective
c)       psychoanalytic theory
d)      psychosocial theory
 Answer: b
Page: 15
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-76. __________ theories assume that people are affected by the environmental stimuli to which they are exposed, and that developmental change is __________.
 a)       Psychodynamic; qualitative
b)      Psychosocial; quantitative
c)       Developmental; qualitative
d)      Behavioral; quantitative
 Answer: d
Page: 15
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
 1-77. Who was one of the first American psychologists to advocate a behavioral approach to development?
 a)       B.F Skinner
b)      John Watson
c)       Jean Piaget
d)      Erik Erikson
 Answer: b
Page: 15
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-78. A type of learning in which an organism responds in a particular way to a neutral stimulus that normally does not bring about that type of response is called __________.
 a)       classical conditioning
b)      behavioral perspective
c)       operant conditioning
d)      psychodynamic approach
 Answer: a
Page: 15
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-79. A form of learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences is called __________.
 a)       behavioral perspective
b)      psychodynamic perspective
c)       operant conditioning
d)      classical conditioning
 Answer: c
Page: 16
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-80. Judy was bitten by a small brown and white dog when she was a little girl, and now every time she sees a small dog approaching her, she is fearful. Watson would say that Judy’s reaction is a result of __________ conditioning.
 a)       behavioral
b)      classical
c)       reinforcement
d)      psychosocial
 Answer: b
Page: 15
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-81. __________ conditioning, in which the response being conditioned is voluntary and purposeful, differs from __________ conditioning, in which the response is automatic.
 a)       Social-cognitive; operant
b)      Operant; classical
c)       Classical; operant
d)      Operant; social-cognitive
 Answer: b
Page: 16
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-82. Operant conditioning was formulated and championed by __________.
 a)       Sigmund Freud
b)      B.F. Skinner
c)       Albert Bandura
d)      Carl Rogers
 Answer: b
Page: 16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-83. Behavior modification depends upon what principle?
 a)       operant conditioning
b)      social-cognitive conditioning
c)       classical conditioning
d)      stimulus conditioning
 Answer: a
Page: 16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
 Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-84. Susan learned at a young age that developing good study habits, such as doing her homework, brought about good grades, and this made her want to work harder in school. This type of behavior is being strengthened through __________.
 a)       learning theory
b)      classical conditioning
c)       reinforcement
d)      social-cognitive
 Answer: c
Page: 16
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-85. The introduction of an unpleasant or painful stimulus, or the removal of a desirable stimulus that decreases the probability that a preceding behavior will occur in the future, is considered __________.
 a)       classical conditioning
b)      punishment
c)       social-cognitive learning
d)      reinforcement
 Answer: b
Page: 16
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-86. In the language of operant conditioning, behavior that receives no reinforcement or is punished is likely to be __________.
 a)       continued
b)      intermittent
c)       extinguished
d)      accelerated
 Answer: c
Page: 16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-87. ________ is a formal technique for promoting the frequency of desirable behaviors and decreasing the incidence of unwanted ones.
 a)       Punishment modification
b)      Reinforcement modification
c)       Classical modification
d)      Behavior modification
 Answer: d
Page: 16
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-88. What is the learning approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called a model?
 a)       Classical conditioning
b)      Behavior modification
c)       Social-cognitive learning
d)      Operant conditioning
 Answer: c
Page: 16
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-89. Ralph watches the other kindergarten students receive stickers and other rewards from the teacher for sitting at their desks and completing their work. Soon, Ralph begins to behave like the other kindergarten students. Ralph is demonstrating which of the following?
 a)       Modeling
b)      Reinforcement
c)       Extinction
d)      Classical conditioning
 Answer: a
Page: 16
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-90. Which developmental psychologist developed an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called a model?
 a)       B.F. Skinner
b)      Sigmund Freud
c)       Albert Bandura
d)      John Watson
 Answer: c
Page: 16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
1-91. Which form of the behavioral perspective learning styles is based on learning through imitation?
 a)       Classical
b)      Social-cognitive theory
c)       Operant
d)      Reinforcement
 Answer: b
Page: 16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-92. According to classical and operant conditioning, with their “black box” analyses, people and other organisms’ behavior and learning are understood in terms of __________ stimuli.
 a)       insignificant; external
b)      observable; external
c)       significant; internal
d)      unobservable; internal
 Answer: b
Page: 16
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-93. Social-cognitive learning theorists argue that the difference between people and animals is the occurrence of __________.
 a)       classical conditioning
b)      operant conditioning
c)       mental activity
d)      reinforcement/punishment
 Answer: c
Page: 17
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-94. __________ focuses on the processes that allow people to know, understand, and think about the world.
 a)       Classical conditioning
b)      The behavioral perspective
c)       Operant conditioning
d)      The cognitive perspective
 Answer: d
Page: 17
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
 1-95. Who is considered the predominant theorist in cognitive development?
a)       Jean Piaget
b)      B.F. Skinner
c)       Albert Bandura
d)      Sigmund Freud
 Answer: a
Page: 17
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-96. Cognitive psychologist Jean Piaget speculated that human thinking is organized into mental patterns that represent behaviors and actions, patterns that he referred to as __________.
 a)       assimilations
b)      schemes
c)       accommodations
d)      assessments
 Answer: b
Page: 17
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-97. Piaget’s two basic principles of growth in children’s understanding of the world are
__________.
 a)       reward and punishment
b)      schemas and assessment
c)       assimilation and accommodation
d)      cognitive and behavior
 Answer: c
Page: 17
Level: 3-Difficult
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-98. What did Piaget call the process in which people understand a new experience in terms of their current stage of cognitive development and way of thinking?
 a)       Cognition
b)      Accommodation
c)       Schemes
d)      Assimilation
 Answer: d
Page: 17
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1- 99. What did Piaget call the process in which changes occur in the existing way a child thinks in response to encounters with new stimuli or events?
 a)       Assimilation
b)      Accommodation
c)       Cognition
d)      Schemes
 Answer: b
Page: 17
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-100. What has become an important alternative to Piagetian approaches?
 a)       Behavioral modification
b)      Classical conditioning
c)       Information-processing approaches
d)      Social-cognitive learning
 Answer: c
Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
1-101. Which type of approach grew out of developments in computers, where even complex behavior such as learning, remembering, categorizing, and thinking can be broken down into a series of individual, specific steps?
 a)       Information processing
b)      Social-cognitive learning
c)       Classical conditioning
d)      Behavioral modification
 Answer: a
Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
 1-102. Piaget’s view assumes that thinking undergoes __________ advances, but the information-processing approach assumes that development is marked by __________
advantages.
 a)       quantitative; qualitative
b)      quantitative; discontinuous
c)       qualitative; quantitative
d)      continuous; discontinuous
 Answer: c
Page: 18
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-103. An information processing approach that builds on Piaget’s research is known as
__________ theory because it considers cognition as made up of different types of individual skills.
 a)       behavioral
b)      operant
c)       classical
d)      neo-Piagetian
 Answer: d
Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-104. Which aspect(s) of development is(are) NOT adequately addressed by the information-processing approach?
 a)       Creativity and social context
b)      Continuous and discontinuous growth
c)       Qualitative vs. quantitative development
d)      Piagetian vs. neo-Piagetian theory
 Answer: a
Page: 18
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-105. What type of developmental approach is cutting edge and at the forefront of research when working with genes associated with disorders such as schizophrenia?
 a)       Behavior modification
b)      Social-cognitive
c)       Cognitive neuroscience
d)      Neo-Piagetian
 Answer: c
Pages: 18–19
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L05
APA LO: 1.1
 1-106. Which developmental approach looks at cognitive development through the lens of brain processes by considering internal mental processes focused on the neurological activity that underlies thinking, problem solving, and cognitive behavior?
 a)       Neo-Piagetian
b)      Behavioral
c)       Information processing
d)      Cognitive neuroscience
 Answer: d
Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
1-107. What theory contends that people have a natural capacity to make decisions about their lives and control their behavior?
 a)       Psychoanalytic
b)      Behavioral
c)       Humanistic
d)      Social-cognitive learning theory
 Answer: c
Page: 19
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand he Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-108. According to the humanistic perspective, people’s ability to make choices and come to decisions about their lives is called __________.
 a)       free will
b)      societal standards
c)       positive regard
d)      self-actualization
 Answer: a
Page: 20
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-109. Who was a major proponent of the humanistic perspective and suggested that all people need positive regard that results from an underlying wish to be loved and respected?
 a)       Albert Bandura
b)      Carl Rogers
c)       Frederick “Fritz” Perls
d)      Sigmund Freud
 Answer: b
Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-110. Which theorists championed the idea of self-actualization?
 a)       Sigmund Freud and Erik Erikson
b)      B.F. Skinner and Jean Piaget
c)       Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow
d)      Albert Bandura and John Watson
 Answer: c
Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-111. Which perspective considers the relationship between individuals and their physical, cognitive, personality, and social worlds?
 a)       Humanistic
b)      Contextual
c)       Cognitive
d)      Behavioral
 Answer: b
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-112. What is the perspective that suggests that different levels of the environment simultaneously influence individuals?
 a)       Cognitive neuroscience
b)      Humanistic perspective
c)       Contextual perspective
d)      Bioecological approach
 Answer: d
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-113. Which perspective contains the two major theories of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach and Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory?
 a)       Cognitive
b)      Humanistic
c)       Behavioral
d)      Contextual
 Answer: d
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1-114. Which Bronfenbrenner level addresses the everyday, immediate environment in which children lead their daily lives?
 a)       Mesosystem
b)      Exosystem
c)       Microsystem
d)      Macrosystem
 Answer: c
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-115. Which approach to development suggests that there are five levels of the environment that simultaneously influence individuals?
 a)       Piaget’s cognitive approach
b)      Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach
c)       Skinner’s behavioral approach
d)      Freud’s psychoanalytical approach
 Answer: b
Page: 20
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1-116. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels provides the connections between the various aspects of the person’s life, like links in a chain—to bind children to parents, students to teachers, employees to bosses, and friends to friends?
 a)       Exosystem
b)      Mesosystem
c)       Microsystem
d)      Macrosystem
 Answer: b
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-117. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents broader influences, including societal institutions such as local government, community, schools, places of worship, and the local media?
 a)       Microsystem
b)      Macrosystem
c)       Mesosystem
d)      Exosystem
 Answer: d
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-118. Jose and Maria are preparing for the arrival of their first child, and are considering moving from their small rural town to a larger city to gain access to more social services, better schools, and a greater variety of local newspapers and television stations. This is an example of which of Bronfenbrenner’s five levels?
 a)       Macrosystem
b)      Exosystem
c)       Microsystem
d)      Mesosystem
 Answer: b
Page: 20
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-119. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents the larger cultural influences on an individual?
 a)       Macrosystem
b)      Microsystem
c)       Exosystem
d)      Mesosystem
 Answer: a
Pages: 20-21
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-120. Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach suggests that society, types of governments, religious value systems, political value systems, and other broad factors are parts of what system?
 a)       Mesosystem
b)      Microsystem
c)       Exosystem
d)      Macrosystem
 Answer: d
Pages: 20-21
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-121. Within Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach, which system underlies each of his system levels and involves the way the passage of time, including historical events, affects children’s development?
 a)       Macrosystem
b)      Microsystem
c)       Chronosystem
d)      Exosystem
 Answer: c
Page: 21
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-122. A historical event, such as the terrorist attacks in New York City on September 11, 2001, would be considered by Bronfenbrenner to fall within which system?
 a)       Macrosystem
b)      Mesosystem
c)       Exosystem
d)      Chronosystem
 Answer: d
Page: 21
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1- 123. What term refers to the notion that the well-being of the group is more important than that of the individual?
 a)       individualism
b)      humanistic
c)       collectivism
d)      bioecological approach
 Answer: c
Page: 21
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-124. The development of the sociocultural theory is attributed to __________.
 a)       B.F. Skinner
b)      Albert Bandura
c)       Lev Vygotsky
d)      Urie Bronfenbrenner
 Answer: c
Page: 21
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1- 125. Which theory emphasizes the ways in which cognitive development proceeds as a result of social interactions between members of a culture?
 a)       Interconnectedness
b)      Sociocultural
c)       Bioecological
d)      Contextual
 Answer: b
Page: 21
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-126. Who was one of the first to recognize, acknowledge the importance of, and help us understand the importance of culture’s influence on development?
 a)       Carl Rogers
b)      Albert Bandura
c)       Lev Vygotsky
d)      Urie Bronfenbrenner
 Answer: c
Pages: 22
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-127. The concept of “reciprocal transaction” is attributed to which developmentalist and theory?
a)       Vygotsky; sociocultural
b)      Freud; psychoanalytic
c)       Skinner: behavioral
d)      Rogers; humanistic
 Answer: a
Page: 22
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1-128. Which perspective seeks to identify behavior that is the result of our genetic inheritance from our ancestors?
 a)       Evolutionary
b)      Cognitive neuroscience
c)       Bioecological
d)      Humanistic
 Answer: a
Page: 22
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-129. Who wrote the groundbreaking work titled On the Origin of Species and is responsible for the birth of the evolutionary perspective?
 a)       Urie Bronfenbrenner
b)      Lev Vygotsky
c)       Charles Darwin
d)      Konrad Lorenz
 Answer: c
Page: 22
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1- 130. The evolutionary perspective draws from the field of ethology, which examines the ways in which our biological makeup can influence our behavior. Who was a primary proponent of ethology?
 a)       Charles Darwin
b)      Lev Vygotsky
c)       Urie Bronfenbrenner
d)      Konrad Lorenz
 Answer: d
Page: 22
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
 1-131. What is one of the fastest-growing areas within the field of lifespan development, and studies the effects of heredity on behavior?
 a)       Ethology
b)      Evolutionary perspective
c)       Behavioral genetics
d)      Sociocultural theory
 Answer: c
Page: 22
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.1
1-132. While it is natural to wonder which perspective on development provides the most accurate perspective, this is not an appropriate question for several reasons. Which of the following reasons is NOT identified in the text?
 a)       All perspectives emphasize similar aspects of development, so they are equivalent.
b)       The same developmental phenomenon can be looked at from different perspectives.
 c)       Not all theories and claims from various perspectives are accurate.
d)      Various theoretical perspectives provide different ways of looking at development.
 Answer: a
Pages: 23–24
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L08
APA LO: 1.1
 1-133. What is the name of the process of posing and answering questions using careful, controlled techniques that include systematic, orderly observation and the collection of data?
 a)       Theories
b)      Hypotheses
c)       Scientific method
d)      Research
 Answer: c
Page: 25
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L09
APA LO: 1.1
1-134. What is the term that means a broad explanation and prediction about phenomena of interest?
 a)       Scientific method
b)      Theory
c)       Hypothesis
d)      Research
 Answer: b
Page: 25
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L09
APA LO: 2.1
 1-135. A __________ is a prediction stated in a way that permits it to be tested.
 a)       hypothesis
b)      theory
c)       conclusion
d)      scientific method
 Answer: a
Page: 25
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L09
APA LO: 2.1
 1-136. In __________ research, the researcher can tell whether an association or relationship between two factors exists.
 a)       scientific
b)      correlational
c)       hypothetical
d)      experimental
 Answer: b
Page: 25
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-137. __________ research is designed to discover causal relationships between various factors.
 a)       Correlational
b)      Hypothetical
c)       Experimental
d)      Scientific
 Answer: c
Page: 25
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-138. Researchers who are interested in the relationship between televised aggression and subsequent behavior have found that children who watch a good deal of televised aggression (murders, crime shows, shootings, etc.) tend to be more aggressive than those who watch little of this type of television programming. This is an example of a(n) ____________ study.
 a)       scientific
b)      experimental
c)       theoretical
d)      correlational
 Answer: d
Page: 26
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-139. What is the observation of a naturally occurring behavior, without intervention in the situation?
 a)       Correlational
b)      Ethnography
c)       Naturalistic observation
d)      Experimental
 Answer: c
Page: 27
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-140. What is the method of research borrowed from the field of anthropology and used to investigate cultural questions?
 a)       Ethnography
b)      Case study
c)       Natural observation
d)      Experimentation
 Answer: a
Page: 27
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1- 141. Mary is researching the causes of alcohol use among college students, so she goes to live in a college dorm for a month to observe students and conduct in-depth interviews. This is an example of what type of research?
 a)       Experimental
b)      Ethnography
c)       Case study
d)      Naturalistic observation
 Answer: b
Page: 27
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-142. What is the method of research that involves extensive, in-depth interviews with a particular individual or small group of individuals?
 a)       Experimentation
b)      Case study
c)       Natural observation
d)      Ethnography
 Answer: b
Page: 27
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-143. William is participating along with a group of adolescents trying to lose weight. One of his assignments is to keep a diary of his food intake and the times that he eats daily. This can be considered an example of what type of research?
 a)       Experimental
b)      Ethnography
c)       Case study
d)      Survey research
 Answer: c
Page: 28
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-144. Professor Smythe wants to conduct a study in a virtual charter school. She wants to examine and describe the comparative differences on cognitive development in students attending the virtual charter school with students attending more traditional schools. Ultimately, she plans to describe what, if any, changes are occurring, and why the changes create social difficulty. This is an example of what type of research?
 a)       Quantitative
b)      Survey
c)       Naturalistic observation
 d)      Qualitative
 Answer: d
Page: 27
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-145. In order to learn about children’s toy preferences, researchers interview children at a local preschool and base their inferences on the children’s responses. This is an example of
__________ research.
 a)       experimental
b)      ethnography
c)       case study
d)      survey
 Answer: d
Page: 28
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-146. When a group of people are chosen to represent a larger population and are asked about their attitudes, behaviors, or thinking on a given topic, this is considered _________ research.
 a)       ethnography
b)      case study
c)       experimental
d)      survey
 Answer: d
Page: 28
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-147. What is the type of research method that focuses on the relationship between physiological processes and behavior?
 a)       Psychophysiological
b)      Ethnography
c)       Experimental
d)      Case study
 Answer: a
Page: 28
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-148. The device that uses electrodes placed on the outside of the skull to record electrical activity within the brain, and is used in psychophysiological research, is called a(n) __________.
 a)       CAT scan
b)      fMRI scan
c)       EEG
d)      experience
 Answer: c
Page: 28
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-149. The device whose operation involves a computer constructing an image of the brain by combining thousands of individual x-rays taken at slightly different angles is called a(n)
__________.
 a)       CAT scan
b)      EEG
c)       psychophysiological
d)      fMRI scan
 Answer: a
Page: 28
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-150. The device that provides a detailed, three-dimensional computer-generated image of brain activity by aiming a powerful magnetic field at the brain is called a(n) __________.
 a)       EEG
b)      psychophysiological
c)       CAT scan
d)      fMRI scan
 Answer: d
Page: 28
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
1-151. When an investigator typically devises two different conditions and then studies and compares the outcomes of the participants exposed to those two different conditions in order to see how behavior is affected, this is called a(n) __________.
 a)       hypothesis
b)      experiment
c)       theory
d)      treatment
 Answer: b
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-152. The group of participants chosen to receive the independent variable is called a(n)
__________.
 a)       control group
b)      experimental group
c)       statistical group
d)      sample
 Answer: b
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-153. In an experiment, the __________ is what researchers manipulate.
 a)       experimental control
b)      independent variable
c)       control group
d)      dependent variable
 Answer: b
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-154. Researchers conduct an experiment in which one group is exposed to Treatment A and the other group is exposed to Treatment B. The different treatments are the __________.
 a)       independent variable
b)      dependent variable
c)       control group
d)      treatment group
 Answer: a
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-155. In an experiment n which researchers manipulate the __________, the variable that the researchers measure to see whether it changes is the __________.
 a)       dependent variable; independent variable
b)      independent variable; dependent variable
c)       control group; treatment group
d)      treatment group; control group
 Answer: b
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-156. In an experiment, the __________ is what researchers measure and expect to change as a result of manipulation.
 a)       treatment group
b)      independent variable
c)       control group
d)      dependent variable
 Answer: d
Page: 29
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-157. The procedure that experimenters need to use to make sure that participants in both the treatment and control groups are not aware of the purpose of the experiment is known as the
 __________.
 a)       independent variable
b)      dependent variable
c)       random assignment
d)      statistical law
 Answer: c
Page: 29
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-158. What technique ensures that personal characteristics that might affect the outcome of the experiment are divided proportionally among the participants in the different groups, making groups equivalent?
 a)       Dependent variables
b)      Random assignment
c)       Independent variables
d)      Statistics
 Answer: b
Page: 29
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-159. Using a real-world setting for an experiment is the hallmark of a(n) __________.
 a)       field study
b)      control group
c)       experimental group
d)      sample group
 Answer: a
Page: 30
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-160. What kind of research investigation is conducted in a controlled setting explicitly designed to hold events constant?
 a)       Control group
b)      Experimental group
c)       Field study
d)      Laboratory study
 Answer: d
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-161. What type of research is designed specifically to test some developmental explanation and expand scientific knowledge?
 a)       Experimental
b)      Hypothetical
c)       Theoretical
d)      Applied
 Answer: c
Page: 31
 Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-162. What type of research is designed to provide practical solutions to immediate problems?
 a)       Hypothetical
b)      Applied
c)       Experimental
d)      Theoretical
 Answer: b
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-163. If the focus of a research study is to examine the ways in which college professors can help students remember information more easily, such a study would represent __________
research.
 a)       applied
b)      experimental
c)       theoretical
d)      hypothetical
 Answer: a
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-164. If a researcher was interested in learning how children’s moral development changes between the ages of three and five, the researcher may follow them until they are five, testing them periodically. This research strategy is known as __________ research.
 a)       developmental
b)      longitudinal
c)       sequential
d)      cross-sectional
 Answer: b
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-165. When the behavior of one or more study participants is measured repeatedly over time as they age, this is called __________ research.
 a)       longitudinal
b)      developmental
c)       cross-sectional
d)      sequential
 Answer: a
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-166. In a study of the behavioral adjustment of a group of children placed in foster care, the children were assessed once a year over a period of 10 years. This is an example of a
__________ study.
 a)       cross-sectional
b)      developmental
c)       longitudinal
d)      sequential
 Answer: c
Page: 31
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Apply What You Know
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-167. What is the type of research in which people of different ages are compared at the same point in time?
 a)       Longitudinal
b)      Sequential
c)       Developmental
d)      Cross-sectional
 Answer: d
Page: 33
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1-168. Which type of research study is a compromise technique that essentially examines a number of different age groups at several points in time, and permits developmental researchers to tease out the consequences of age change versus age difference?
 a)       Longitudinal
b)      Sequential
c)       Cross-sectional
d)      Experimental
 Answer: b
Page: 33
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
1-169. What kind of evidence is based on one or two instances of a phenomenon, haphazardly discovered or encountered?
 a)       Scientific
b)      Experimental
c)       Anecdotal
d)      Unethical
 Answer: c
Page: 34
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
 1- 170. According to the textbook, it is important to think critically about “expert” advice. Which of the following is NOT a method recommended by the textbook for evaluating “expert” advice?
 a)       Consider the source.
b)       Evaluate the credentials of the source.
c)       Use popular opinion to judge the accuracy of the source.
d)      Incorporate cultural context.
 Answer: c
Page: 34
 Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.3: Research Methods
Learning Objective: L012
APA LO: 2.1
ESSAY QUESTIONS
 1-171. For which issues do lifespan developmental experts seek information?
 Answer: Lifespan development experts study the way human beings change and grow, and the ways in which this process continues over the course of a lifetime. Lifespan developmental experts seek to understand universal principals of development as well as cultural, racial, and ethnic differences that affect the course of human development. They seek to understand the unique aspects of individuals, looking at traits and characteristics that differentiate one person from another.
 Page: 4
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-172. Explain the differences between how a developmentalist who is specializing in personality goes about his/her work and how a developmentalist who is specializing in social development goes about his/her work.
 Answer: A developmentalist interested in personality development might ask whether there are stable, enduring personality traits throughout the life span, while a specialist in social development might examine the effects of marriage or divorce on development.
 Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-173. The life span is usually divided into which specific broad age ranges?
 Answer: The prenatal period (conception to birth); infancy and toddlerhood (birth to age 3); the preschool period (ages 3–6); middle childhood (ages 6–12); adolescence (ages 12–20); young adulthood (ages 20–40); middle adulthood (ages 40–60); and late adulthood (age 60 to death).
 Pages: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
1-174. Briefly explain the differences between the terms “race” and “ethnic group.”
 Answer: Race is a biological concept that should be employed to refer to classifications based on physical and structural characteristics of species. In contrast, ethnic group and ethnicity are broader terms, referring to cultural background, nationality, religion, and language.
 Page: 7
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-175. Explain the four different types of cohort effects.
 Answer: History-graded influences are biological and environmental influences associated with a particular historical moment in time. Age -graded influences are biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of when or where they are raised: for example, puberty and menopause. Sociocultural-graded influences are the social and cultural factors present at a particular time for a particular individual, dependent upon such variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership. Non-normative life events are specific, atypical events that occur in a particular person’s life at a time when such events do not happen to most people.
 Page: 8
Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-176. Identify the four important issues of lifespan development that have been debated since lifespan development became established as a separate field.
 Answer: 1) Continuity versus discontinuity; 2) the importance of critical periods; 3) whether to focus on certain periods or on the entire life span; and 4) the nature versus nurture controversy
 Pages: 9–11
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1: Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-177. Provide reasons why today’s developmentalists believe the entire life span is important.
 Answer: 1) There was the discovery that developmental growth and change continue during every part of life. 2) A person’s social environment is affected by the influences on his/her social environments. 3) Paul Baltes points out that development across the life span involves both gains and losses. 4
Pages: 10–11 Level: 2-Medium
 Skill: Understand the Concepts Module 1.1: Beginnings Learning Objective: L04
APA LO: 1.2
 1-178. Provide reason(s) why Freud’s principles of psychoanalytic theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) There has been a lack of validation by subsequent research: in particular, for the idea that people pass through stages in childhood that determine adult personality. 2) Freud’s theory was based on a limited population of upper- middle-class Austrians living in a strict, puritanical era, and the application of Freud’s theory to a broad, multicultural population is questionable. 3) Freud’s theory focuses primarily on male development, has been criticized as sexist, and may be interpreted as devaluing women.
 Page: 15
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
 Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-179. Provide reasons why Erikson’s principles of psychosocial theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) Erikson’s theory focuses more on men’s development than on women’s. 2) The theory is vague, in some aspects making it difficult for researchers to test. 3) This theory makes it difficult to make predictions about an individual’s future behavior.
 Page: 15
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-180. List and briefly explain three types of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: 1) Classical conditioning occurs when an organism learns to respond to a neutral stimulus that normally does not evoke that type of response. 2) Operant conditioning is a form of learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences. 3) Social-cognitive learning theory is an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called a model.
 Pages: 15–16
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-181. Briefly explain why developmental researchers employ the cognitive perspective.
 Answer: The cognitive perspective emphasizes the ways in which people internally represent and think about their world. The cognitive perspective helps researchers understand the ways in which people process information and the means by which their ways of thinking and understanding affect their behavior. It also gives insight into the ways in which people’s cognitive abilities change, both quantitatively and qualitatively, as people develop, and sheds light on how different cognitive abilities are related to one another.
 Page: 17
Level: 3-Difficult
 Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-182. What is the greatest criticism of the Piagetian perspective?
 Answer: The greatest criticism is that cognitive development is not as discontinuous as represented in Piaget’s theory of four distinct stages. Other researchers argue that growth is more continuous, as in the information-processing approach, which focuses on learning, memory, and thinking throughout a life span.
 Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-183. Provide insight as to why the humanistic perspective has not had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: The lack of influence by the humanistic perspective is primarily due to its inability to identify a broad developmental change that is the result of increasing age or experience.
 Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-184. Briefly explain Bronfenbrenner’s first level of his bioecological approach.
 Answer: The first level of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach is the microsystem, which includes the home, caregivers, friends, and teachers, who all influence the child’s microsystem.
 Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-185. Briefly explain why Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach emphasizes the interconnectedness of the influences on development. Give an example.
 Answer: Because the levels of the bioecological approach are related to one another, a change in one part of the system affects other parts of the system. Example: A parent’s loss of employment can impact a child’s microsystem.
 Page: 21
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-186. Why has Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory become increasingly influential?
 Answer: The reason is the growing acknowledgment of the importance of cultural factors in development. Children do not develop in a cultural vacuum, and their attention is directed by society to certain areas that affect the particular skills they develop.
 Pages: 22
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-187. Based on information in the textbook, what are some criticisms of the evolutionary perspectives?
 Answer: 1) The evolutionary perspective pays insufficient attention to the environmental and social factors affecting people’s behavior. 2) There is no good way to experimentally test theories derived from the evolutionary approach because the developments and events in question happened so long ago.
 Page: 23
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.2: Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
 APA LO: 1.2
 1-188. Briefly list and describe the three major steps of the scientific method.
 Answer: 1) identifying questions of interest; 2) formulating an explanation; and 3) carrying out research that either lends support to the explanation or refutes it
 Page: 25
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3 Research Methods
Learning Objective: L09
APA LO: 2.1
1-189. Briefly describe some of the hallmarks that distinguish a field study.
 Answer: 1) A field study is research carried out in a naturally occurring setting. 2) Field studies capture behavior in real- life settings; participants may behave more naturally than they would if they were brought into a laboratory. 3) Field studies may be used in both correlational studies and experiments. 4) It is often difficult to run an experiment in real-world settings where it is hard to exert control over the situation and environment. 5) Field studies are more typical of correlational designs than of experimental designs.
 Pages: 30-31
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.3 Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-190. Briefly describe some drawbacks of utilizing longitudinal research studies.
 Answer: 1) Longitudinal research requires a tremendous investment of time as researchers wait for participants to grow older. 2) Participants drop out over the course of the research because they may move away, become ill, or die as the research proceeds. 3) Participants may become “test wise” and perform better each time they are assessed as they become more familiar with the procedure. 4) Experimental participants may be affected by the repeated presence of an experimenter or observer.
 Page: 32
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.3 Research Methods
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
  TRUE/FALSE
 1-191. Specialists in lifespan development share one concern: understanding the growth, change, and stability that occur during the course of life.
 Answer: True
Page: 5
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: Introduction
APA LO: 1.1
1-192. Developmentalists study how both our biological inheritance and the environment in which we live jointly affect our behavior.
 Answer: True
Page: 4
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-193. Nearly all developmental specialists acknowledge that neither heredity nor environment alone can account for the full range of human development and change.
 Answer: True
Page: 4
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-194. Lifespan development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occurs throughout the entire life span.
 Answer: True
Page: 5
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
 1-195. Lifespan developmentalists believe that people continue to grow and change in every aspect of their lives up to the end of their lives.
 Answer: False
Page: 5
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Understand the Concepts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.1
1-196. The age ranges within a period—and even the periods themselves—are steadfast and unchanging.
 Answer: False
Page: 6
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-197. All age ranges have clear-cut boundaries.
 Answer: False
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-198. All people reach their developmental milestones at the exact same time.
 Answer: False
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
 Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-199. Different cultures and subcultures have their own views of appropriate and inappropriate childrearing just as they have different developmental goals for their children.
 Answer: True
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
1-200. The terms “race” and “ethnic group” are interchangeable.
 Answer: False
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-201. In the years ahead, it is likely that lifespan development will move from a discipline primarily focused on North America and Europe to one that encompasses development around the globe.
 Answer: True
Page: 7
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L01
APA LO: 1.2
 1-202. Developmentalists reject the notion that behavior is the sole result of either nature or nurture.
 Answer: True
Page: 11
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
 1-203. Intelligence is solely determined by inherited, genetic factors.
 Answer: False
Page: 11
Level: 3-Difficult
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.1 Beginnings
Learning Objective: L03
APA LO: 1.2
1-204. Erikson believed that each of the eight stages of psychosocial development must be addressed in order to move on to the next stage.
 Answer: True
Pages: 13-14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-205. Freud and Erikson agreed that development is relatively complete by adolescence.
 Answer: False
Page: 14
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-206. Classical conditioning is the only type of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: False
Pages: 15-16
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.1
 1-207. By and large, based upon thousands of investigations, Piaget’s broad view of the sequence of cognitive development is accurate.
 Answer: True
Page: 17
Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
1-208. Using information-processing terminology, neo- Piagetian theory suggests that cognitive development proceeds at the same rate for all areas; for example, it proceeds at the same rate for both reading ability and abstract computational abilities.
 Answer: False
Page: 18
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L06
APA LO: 1.2
 1-209. The humanistic perspective has had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: False
Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-210. In Bronfenbrenner’s first of his five levels of bioecological approach, the child has an active role in shaping his/her environment.
 Answer: True
Page: 20
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
 1-211. Some evolutionary developmentalists suggest that behaviors such as shyness and jealousy are produced in part by genetic causes because they helped increase the survival rates of humans’ ancient relatives.
 Answer: True
Page: 23
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L07
APA LO: 1.2
1-212. All claims and theories derived from the various perspectives are accurate.
 Answer: False
Page: 24
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L08
APA LO: 1.2
 1-213. A correlational study can conclude that the viewing of television aggression causes more aggressive behavior in children.
 Answer: False
Page: 26
Level: 2-Medium
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.3 Research Methods
Learning Objective: L010
APA LO: 2.1
 1-214. In an experiment, one group, the treatment or experimental group, is exposed to the treatment variable being studied; the other, the control group, is not.
 Answer: True
Page: 29
 Level: 1-Easy
Skill: Remember the Facts
Module 1.2 Theoretical Perspectives on Lifespan Development
Learning Objective: L011
APA LO: 2.1
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Deviant Behavior 10th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   CHAPTER ONE     INTRODUCTION:  What Is Deviance?
  True-False Questions
 1) Sergio Cicero Zapata, a former top executive at Wal-Mart de Mexico, revealed that bribes were paid to local government officials to obtain permits and favorable contracts to open stores in Mexico; only the most superficial investigation was conducted and the matter was shelved.
(True, p. 2)
 2) Almost everyone abides by all the rules all the time.
(False, p. 4).
 3) Nearly all people today believe in the axiom, “live and let live”; they do not make evaluations of others on the basis of their behavior.
(False, p. 4)
 4) One of the four necessary ingredients for deviance to take place is an audience, someone who judges the normative violation to be wrong.
(True, p. 4)
 5) Religious views are off-limits for the sociologist of deviance. (False, p. 5)
 6) One necessary component of what’s deviant is the existence of a rule or a norm. (True, p. 5).
 7) One necessary component of what’s deviant is the violation of a rule or a norm. (True, p. 5)
 8) Deviance is a trans-historical, cross-cultural concept that applies everywhere and throughout history.
(True, p. 5)
 9) “Societal” deviance is made up of those actions, beliefs, or traits that are widely recognized in advance and in general to be objectionable and worthy of condemnation. (True, p. 6)
 10) Sociologists of deviance only study serious violations of moral codes, such as the Ten
Commandments. (False, p. 4).
 11) The terms “deviance” and “deviant” are non-pejorative; they are descriptive terms that sociologists use to refer to what members of a society, or social circles in a society, think or how they react to behavior, beliefs, and traits they consider unacceptable.
(True, p. 5)
  12) “Situational” deviance is a society-wide attribute which applies in all social circles in a given society.
(False, p. 6)
  Test Bank for Goode, Deviant Behavior, 10/e
 13) Sociologists of deviance endorse the statement, “Everything is deviant.” (False, p. 6)
 14) Sociologically, racial and ethnic characteristics can be regarded as a type of deviance.
(True, pp. 11, 13)
 15) Sociologists of deviance study only motivated behavior; involuntarily-acquired undesirable conditions, such as blindness and dwarfism cannot be regarded as deviance because they are not the person’s fault.
(False, p. 10)
 16) Among the members of a majority of biology departments around the country, believing in biblical creationism is regarded as deviant.
(True, p. 9)
 17) Beliefs are deviant to the extent that they are objectively and empirically wrong.
(False, p.9)
 18) In the United States, the majority of the population regards atheism as deviant. (True, p. 9)
 19) Some deviant beliefs are factually correct. (True, p. 9)
 20) Since most physical conditions are not the possessor’s fault, it is sociologically unacceptable to refer to them as deviant.
(False, p. 10)
   Chapter 1 Introduction:  What is Deviance?
   Multiple Choice Questions
 1) Sociologically, deviance: (a) only refers to behavior
(b) only refers to blemishes of individual character
(c) only refers to beliefs
(d) only refers to physical traits or characteristics
*(e) none of the above; deviance can refer to all of the above
(pp. 5-9)
 2) According to the typology spelled out in Erving Goffman’s book Stigma--and according to most sociologists of deviance as well--in contemporary America, blemishes of individual character include:
*(a) alcoholism
(b) physical deformities
(c) blindness
(d) being Jewish
(e) none of the above
(pp. 11, 16)
 3) Most sociologists of deviance argue that:
(a) Since it is unfair to label someone with a physical handicap as a deviant, having a physical handicap is not regarded as deviant.
(b) Since lying and committing adultery are extremely common, lying and committing adultery are not regarded as forms of deviance.
(c) Since nearly everything is considered deviant to someone, we are all deviants. (d) Since everything can be deviant, deviance is a meaningless concept
*(e) none of the above
(pp. 6, 8-9)
 4) Why are courses that are called “Deviant Behavior” slightly misnamed? (a) They aren’t about deviant behavior at all.
(b) They aren’t about behavior at all. (c) They aren’t about deviance at all.
*(d) The concept, “social deviance,” refers not only to behavior that is designated as deviant, but also beliefs and traits that are regarded as deviant as well.
(e) none of the above
(p. 7)
 Test Bank for Goode, Deviant Behavior, 10/e
  5) Which of the following is not a “necessary ingredient” that defines deviance? (a) the existence of a rule or a norm
(b) someone who violates--or who is thought to violate--a norm
(c) an “audience”: one or more persons who evaluate something to be a normative violation
(d) a certain likelihood that one or more audiences will react negatively to a perceived normative violation
*(e) none of the above; all are necessary ingredients that define what’s deviant
(p. 4)
  6) To the sociologist of deviance, when considering whether something is deviant or not, the most relevant question is:
(a) How does God feel about it?
(b) Does it violate human nature?
*(c) How do relevant audiences feel about it and react to it?
(d) How uncommon or statistically infrequent is it?
(e) none of the above is a sociologically relevant question
(p. 10)
 7) Most of the forms of deviance discussed in courses and textbooks on deviance are:
*(a) behavioral
(b) abominations of the body
(c) violations of esthetic standards
(d) unconventional beliefs
(e) tribal stigma of race, nation, and religion
(p. 7)
 8) Cognitive deviance includes:
*(a) holding unpopular, unconventional, unorthodox, or despised religious beliefs
(b) organizational deviance
(c) tribal stigma of race, nation, and religion
(d) alcoholism, addiction, and homosexuality
(e) none of the above
(p. 8)
 9) Sociologically:
(a) Achieved statuses can be the basis for judgments of deviance; ascribed statuses cannot.
(b) Ascribed statuses can be the basis for judgments of deviance; achieved statuses cannot.
*(c) Both achieved and ascribed statuses can be the basis for judgments of deviance
(d) Neither achieved nor ascribed statuses can be the basis for judgments of deviance.
(e) none of the above
(p. 10)
 Chapter 1 Introduction:  What is Deviance?
  10) In defining what’s deviant, sociologists reject the concept of:
*(a) absolutism
(b) relativism
(c) “audiences”
(d) empirical reality
(e) none of the above
(pp. 11, 17)
  11) The form of deviance that Goffman does not include in his typology is stigma of: (a) race, religion, and nation
(b) abominations of the body
(c) blemishes of individual character
*(d) organizational deviance
(e) none of the above; all are included in Goffman’s typology
(p. 8)
 12) To the constructionist, deviance exists because:
(a) Certain behavior is immoral everywhere and for all time. (b) Some behavior violates God’s law.
(c) It is factually and empirically wrong.
(d) It is caused by certain forces that can be explained.
*(e) none of the above
(p. 14)
 13) The perspective that asks the question, “Why do some people engage in deviance?” is:
*(a) positivism
(b) social constructionism
(c) defining deviancy up
(d) defining deviancy down
(e) the study of cultural representations
(p. 13)
 14) Excluded from Goffman’s concept of “blemishes of individual character” is: (a) unemployment
(b) alcoholism
(c) treacherous and rigid beliefs
(d) mental disorder
*(e) physical incapacitation
(p. 8)
 Test Bank for Goode, Deviant Behavior, 10/e
  15) According to Adler and Adler’s “ABCs” of deviance:
(a) Behavior can be the basis for judgments of deviance, but physical traits cannot.
(b) Physical traits can be the basis for judgments of deviance, but behavior cannot.
*(c) Both behavior and physical traits can be the basis for judgments of deviance. (d) Neither behavior not physical traits can be the basis for judgments of
deviance.
(e) none of the above
(p. 7)
 16) The principle of relativity--one of the foundation-stones of the concept of deviance--applies: (a) across societies, but not through time
(b) through time, but not across societies
*(c) both across societies and through time
(d) neither across societies nor through time (e) none of the above
(pp. 11-12)
 17) Over time, deviance has been defined: (a) down, but not up
(b) up, but not down
*(c) both up and down
(d) neither up nor down (e) none of the above
(p. 12)
 18) Sociologically, deviance takes place or exists:
*(a) everywhere and anywhere people engage in behavior, hold and express beliefs, and possess traits that others regard as unacceptable or reprehensible
(b) only among the marginal, disreputable segments of the society
(c) only in the boardroom of large corporations and the headquarters of the military, that is, only among the most powerful segments of the society
(d) only in the private, secret corners of the society
(e) none of the above
(p. 5)
 19) According to the author:
(a) Only societal deviance is sociologically relevant; situational deviance is irrelevant.
(b) Only situational deviance is sociologically relevant; societal deviance is irrelevant.
*(c) Both societal and situational deviance are sociologically relevant.
(d) Neither societal nor situational deviance are sociologically relevant. (e) none of the above
(pp. 6-7)
 Chapter 1 Introduction:  What is Deviance?
  20) One lesson we learn from the account, “What Is Sexual Harassment?  Is It Deviant?,” is that:
(a) Any action that generates positive reactions in some audiences cannot be
regarded as deviant.
(b) Enactors of deviant behavior are “versatile”; if they engage in deviance in one area of life, they are almost certainly going to do so in most other areas as well.
*(c) Actions that were common in the past have become uncommon today but they still happen.
(d) Deviant and criminal behavior enacted during one’s early years continue throughout one’s lifetime.
(e) none of the above
(pp. 19-21)
   Essay Questions
 1) What are the “ABCs” of deviance? Why are all three regarded as types of deviance? How can sociologists refer to traits or characteristics that are “not the person’s fault” as instances of deviance? Is this fair? Is it sociologically meaningful? What about belonging to a particular racial, national, or ethnic category--can this be regarded as a form of deviance? Why or why not?
 2) Does the principle of relativity mean that the sociologists cannot make moral judgments at all? Why or why not?
 3) Cite some instances of the relativity of deviance according to variations from one society to another, through time, and in one situational context versus another. Do you believe that certain actions are “really, really” deviant in spite of the fact that have been accepted, tolerated, even in encouraged in some places, times, and contexts? Is the sociology of deviance immoral in its acceptance of moral and ethical relativity?
 4) What’s the difference between “societal” and “situational” deviance? Why is this distinction important? Discuss some cases that exemplify “societal” but not “situational” deviance and vice versa?
 5) Spell out a sociology of deviance that is based on essentialism. Do the same for constructionism. Definitions are neither right nor wrong, only more or less useful in helping us understand the world. Which of these two perspectives do you believe tells us more about how the world works? Which is a more powerful vision of social reality?
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Deviance Conformity and Social Control in Canada 4th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
    1) According to some deviance specialists, recent definitions of deviance have largely come to accept the notion of an observable characteristic that all “deviants” share.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 4
Skill: C
 2) Defining deviance on the basis of statistical rarity is more common in everyday conversation than in scientific research.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 5
Skill: F
 3) The fact that left-handedness is considered acceptable in Canadian society suggests that there are limitations to defining deviance on the basis of statistical rarity.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 6
Skill: A
 4) According to the definition of deviance that emphasizes harm, something is “deviant” only if it harms someone else rather than oneself.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 6
Skill: C
 5) One of the limitations of using harm as the defining characteristic of deviance is that perceptions of harm change over time.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 7-9
Skill: C
 6) In the early 20th century, social activist Emily Murphy claimed that marijuana use caused extreme violence, insanity, and death. When we evaluate her claims today, we can see one of the limitations of defining deviance on the basis of negative societal reaction.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: challenging
Type: TF
Page Reference: 9
Skill: A
 7) A century ago, doctors claimed that masturbation caused acne, hairy palms, and insanity. When we consider these claims today, we can see one of the limitations of defining deviance on the basis of harm.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: challenging
Type: TF
Page Reference: 8
Skill: A
 8) Because most Canadians disapprove of heroin use, we can say that heroin use is “deviant”, according to the definition of deviance that emphasizes negative societal reaction.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 10-11
Skill: A
 9) Under leader Stephen Harper, the Conservative Party of Canada  held free votes in Parliament (as a proxy for societal reaction) on the two “hot-button” issues of the day—same sex marriage and the decriminalization of marijuana.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 11
Skill: F
 10) One of the limitations of defining deviance on the basis of a negative societal reaction is that there are usually varying reactions to the same act, wherein different groups of people in society have different opinions on the same issue.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 11-12
Skill: C
 11) A question that some people raise about defining deviance on the basis of societal reaction is whether some people’s reactions (e.g. the Prime Minister’s) count more than other people’s reactions (e.g. a homeless person’s).
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 11
Skill: C
 12) Criminal laws, which define the social norms and subsequent behaviours that are deemed deviant, are born from consensus.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 14-15
Skill: C
 13) According to subjective definitions of deviance, the presence of specific observable characteristics tells us whether someone is deviant.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 16-17
Skill: C
 14) Many contemporary definitions of deviance combine both objective and subjective elements.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 21
Skill: F
 15) Deviance specialists who focus on the more subjective aspects of deviance analyze the perceptions of and reactions to deviant acts, rather than the deviant acts themselves.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 23
Skill: C
 16) The “deviance dance” is of particular interest to deviance specialists who lean toward the subjective end of the objective-subjective continuum.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 23
Skill: C
 17) According to the textbook author, the greatest degree of understanding of deviance comes from combining both more objective and more subjective approaches.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 24
Skill: F
 18) In the 19th century women’s groups attempted to reduce alcohol consumption,    
claiming it to be the “demon liquor”. From the perspective of deviance specialists, these women were an example of moral entrepreneurs.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 25
Skill: A
 19) The alcohol industry itself has the power to influence government alcohol policies.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 27
Skill: F
 20) Definitions of deviance include people that individuals do not like, as well as characteristics that society has defined as 'wrong'.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 3
Skill: C
 21) The idea of 'relativism' when looking at norms in society is more common in modern objectivist deviance research then it is in the earlier absolute objectivist research.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: a
Diff: Challenging
Type: TF
Page Reference: 12
Skill: C
 22) When looking at deviance from a social constructionist point of view, we are most interested why someone becomes deviant.  
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: easy
Type: TF
Page Reference: 30
Skill: C
 23) Dressing in a suit when going to a job interview would be an example of retroactive social control.
a. True
b. False
 Answer: b
Diff: Moderate
Type: TF
Page Reference: 28
Skill: A
 24) The “subjective” approach to the study of deviance has also been labelled
a. the absolutist approach.
b. the relativist perspective.
c. the normative perspective.
d. the deterministic approach.
e. the pseudo-scientific approach.
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 18
Skill: C
 25) According to some deviance specialists, how have academic definitions of deviance changed in recent years?
a. there has been a shift from objective to subjective definitions
b. there has been a shift from subjective to objective definitions
c. there has been a shift from emphasizing “personal pet peeves” to emphasizing “social deviance”
d. there has been a shift from the “problem of definition” to a broader consensus about the definition of deviance
e. there has been a shift from plural definitions of deviance to the singular definition that can be found in the dictionary
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 4
Skill: C
 26) The                                    /                                    dichotomy has traditionally served as the foundation for discussing definitions of deviance.
a. objective/subjective
b. singular/pluralistic
c. dissensus/consensus
d. social typing/constructionist
e. statistical/normative
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 4
Skill: C
 27) Which of the following groups of people would be considered “deviant”, based on the concept of statistical rarity?
a. Canadians who smoke                                                
b. high school students who participate in “heavy petting”
c. adolescent consumers of alcohol who have engaged in binge drinking
d. adolescents who abstain from marijuana use                                      
e. Canadians who smoke and high school students who participate in “heavy petting” would both be considered “deviant”, based on the concept of statistical rarity
 Answer: a
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 5-6
Skill: C/F
 28) Josh is a boy in Grade 11 who has never participated in “heavy petting”. According to which definition of deviance would Josh be considered “deviant”?
a. physical harm
b. societal reaction
c. statistical rarity
d. normative violation
e. ontological harm
 Answer: c
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 6
Skill: A/F
 29) Which of the following examples reflects the limitations of using statistical rarity as the defining characteristic of deviance?
a. Wayne Gretzky is not considered “deviant” in Canadian society
b. left-handed people are not considered “deviant” in Canadian society
c. “heavy petting” among teenagers is socially controlled in Canadian society
d. people who are physically active are not considered “deviant” in Canadian society
e. the limitations of using statistical rarity as the defining characteristic of deviance are reflected by all of the above statements
 Answer: e
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 6
Skill: A
 30) What are the limitations of definitions of deviance that emphasize statistical rarity?
a. some statistically common characteristics are considered “deviant” in society
b. some statistically rare characteristics are considered “normal” in society
c. there is too much consensus and too little debate about the precise meaning of “rare”
d. the law (i.e. as seen in the Criminal Code) reflects power and vested interests rather than normative consensus
e. some common characteristics are considered “deviant”, and some rare characteristics are considered “normal” in society
 Answer: e
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 6
Skill: C
 31) Which of the following behaviours or characteristics would be considered “deviant”, based on the concept of harm?
a. smoking
b. alcoholism
c. criminal behaviour
d. emotional abuse
e. smoking, alcoholism, criminal behaviour, and emotional abuse would all be considered “deviant,” based on the concept of harm
 Answer: e
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 6-7
Skill: A
 32) Which of the following behaviours, characteristics, or people was considered “deviant” at some point in history, based on the concept of harm?
a. Joan of Arc
b. masturbation
c. marijuana use
d. early 20th century feminists
e. Joan of Arc, masturbation, marijuana use, and early 20th century feminists were all considered “deviant” at some point in history, based on the concept of harm
 Answer: e
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 7-10
Skill: C
 33) What was the primary reason given for the criminalization of marijuana possession in the 1920s?
a. normative violation
b. statistical rarity
c. negative societal reaction
d. harm
e. harm and statistical rarity
 Answer: d
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 9
Skill: C
 34) What are the limitations of defining deviance on the basis of harm?
a. perceptions of harm can be subjective
b. perceptions of harm rarely change over time
c. behavioural expectations are frequently characterized by power and vested interests
d. typical behaviours are sometimes perceived as “deviant” in society
e. the reactions of some groups of people in society often carry more weight than do the reactions of other groups
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 7-10
Skill: C
 35) When considering the role of the nun’s habit in contemporary religious orders, we see an example of
a. debates over harm.
b. statistical rarity as a definition of deviance.
c. normative violation as a definition of deviance.
d. absolutism.
e. debates over societal reaction.
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 9
Skill: A
 36) Imagine the following hypothetical news headline: “More than 70% of Canadians dislike people who drink cheap beer.” Based on this report, we can say that drinking cheap beer is “deviant”, according to the definition of deviance that emphasizes
a. normative violation.
b. negative societal reaction.
c. statistical rarity.
d. the “social contract hypothesis”.
e. social harm.                  
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 10-11
Skill: A
 37) Research has consistently found that “a strong majority” of Canadians approve of the decriminalization of marijuana, yet marijuana possession remains illegal. This fact points to the limitations of defining deviance on the basis of
a. normative violation.
b. statistical rarity.
c. social harm.
d. negative societal reaction.
e. the “social contract hypothesis”.
 Answer: d
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 11
Skill: A
 38) Under Prime Minister Stephen Harper, on which of the following issues was a free vote held within Parliament, as a proxy for societal reaction?
a. toughening the Youth Criminal Justice Act
b. decriminalization of marijuana
c. same-sex marriage
d. abortion
e. free votes were held on both same-sex marriage and the decriminalization of marijuana
 Answer: c
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 11
Skill: F
 39) What do deviance specialists who follow the objective side of the objective/subjective dichotomy believe is the defining characteristic of deviance?
a. normative violation
b. negative societal reaction
c. harm
d. statistical rarity
e. each of the above characteristics is considered to be the defining characteristic of deviance by particular groups of objectivists
 Answer: e
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 5
Skill: F
 40) What view of normative violation is held by more recent objectivists?
a. the “soft” or “contextual” view
b. the “constructionist” view
c. the view that emphasizes universal laws based on the word of God
d. the view that emphasizes the culturally- and historically-specific nature of norms
e. the view that emphasizes universal norms based on the laws of nature
 Answer: d
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 12-13
Skill: F
 41) Which of the following statements supports the “absolutist” view of normative violation?
a. premarital sex is “deviant” in Saudi Arabia, but “normal” in Canada
b. all cultures prohibit incest between parent and child, therefore incest is “deviant”
c. taking a human life is “deviant”, unless it is in self-defense
d. smoking marijuana was more “deviant” in the 1920s than it is today
e. same-sex marriage is legal throughout Canada, but not throughout the United States
 Answer: b
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 12
Skill: A
 42) If you violate a folkway, other people will probably think you are
a. immoral
b. evil
c. criminal
d. odd
e. immoral or evil
 Answer: d
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 13
Skill: C
 43) Proponents of which view of law would point out that middle class youth are less likely to be penalized for the same crimes than are youth of the lower class?
a. contractual
b. normative
c. consensual
d. conflict
e. non-egalitarian
 Answer: d
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 15
Skill: A
 44) The                                     view of law claims that society’s powerful define the criminal law on behalf of interest groups in society.
a. interactionist
b. conflict
c. normative
d. consensual
e. social power
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 15
Skill: C
 45) Which view of law claims that criminal laws are created by the powerful to serve their own interests?
a. consensual
b. interactionist
c. power reflexive
d. postmodern
e. social power
 Answer: e
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 15
Skill: C
 46) According to subjective definitions of deviance, serve as the foundation for determining who/what is “deviant”.
a. high-consensus norms
b. low-consensus norms
c. dominant moral codes
d. social contracts
e. criminal laws
 Answer: c
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 17
Skill: C
 47) Which of the following approaches to social constructionism claims that “there is no essential reality to the social world at all”?
a. radical
b. soft
c. contextual
d. fundamentalist
e. ontological
 Answer: a
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 18
Skill: C
 48) The principle of equality, which is a fundamental Canadian value, influences the social construction of deviance at which of the following levels?
a. interactionist level
b. institutional level
c. ethical level
d. sociocultural level
e. individual level
 Answer: d
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 19
Skill: A
 49) Which of the following concepts is located at the extreme “objective” end of the objective-subjective continuum?
a. concept of contextual constructionism
b. concept of an absolute moral order
c. concept of low-consensus deviance
d. concept of radical constructionism
e. concept of social power
 Answer: b
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 21-22
Skill: C
 50) What topics are more likely to be studied by researchers who lean toward the “objective” end of the objective-subjective continuum?
a. changing perceptions of masturbation
b. low-consensus forms of deviance
c. debates over how to best control the potential dangers associated with raves
d. the family backgrounds of illegal drug users
e. the role of power in determining which drugs are considered “illegal” in a particular society at a given point in time
 Answer: d
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 22
Skill: A
 51) Why does the textbook author suggest that contemporary analyses of deviance transcend the notion of an objective/subjective dichotomy?
a. many contemporary definitions of deviance combine both objective and subjective elements
b. over time, “objective” researchers have begun integrating more subjectivism into their analyses
c. over time, “subjective” researchers have begun integrating more objectivism into their analyses
d. the processes by which something is socially constructed as “deviant” frequently includes references to objectivist notions (e.g. statistical rarity; social harm)
e. contemporary analyses of deviance transcend the notion of an objective/subjective dichotomy for all of the reasons listed above
 Answer: e
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 20-21
Skill: C
 52) Which of the following groups of moral entrepreneurs has the most overt power in modern state systems?
a. religious institutions
b. scientists
c. commercial enterprise
d. politicians
e. educational institutions
 Answer: d
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 26
Skill: F
 53) In present day Canadian society there are moral entrepreneurs who exert influence and power in the development and enforcement of society’s moral codes. Which one seems to particularly influential, in that it acts as both a tool used by other moral entrepreneurs and as a moral entrepreneur itself?
a. educational institutions
b. religious institutions
c. scientists
d. media
e. commercial enterprise
 Answer: d
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 27
Skill: C
 54) Which component of the social typing process involves placing an individual into a specific category because of an observed or presumed characteristic?
a. evaluation
b. stigmatization
c. description
d. prescription
e. discrimination
 Answer: c
Diff: easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 28
Skill: C
 55) While riding the subway, you look at a fellow passenger and immediately think, “Skinhead”. Which part of the social typing process have you just engaged in?
a. evaluation
b. stigmatization
c. description
d. prescription
e. formal regulation
 Answer: c
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 28
Skill: A
 56) Azra arrives at school with a new haircut. As she walks down the hall, she hears people laughing and making comments about her hair. What type of regulation or social control has occurred?
a. retroactive
b. formal
c. preventative
d. informal
e. retroactive and informal
 Answer: e
Diff: challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 27-28
Skill: A
 57) You see someone who is “obese” at the mall, and assume that she is unintelligent and is low in self-esteem, yet likely has a good sense of humour. Which step in the social typing process have you engaged in by making these assumptions?
a. evaluation
b. prescription
c. description
d. formal regulation
e. discrimination
 Answer: a
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 26    
Skill: A
 58) Galileo's claim that the sun did not go around the earth would be an example of which type of harm, according to the objectivist definition of deviance?
a. Physical Harm
b. Emotional Harm
c. Social Harm
d. Ideological Harm
e. Mental Harm
 Answer: d
Diff: Moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 6
Skill: C, A
 59) According to the ________ view, there are specific norms and values that are universal and inherently right / wrong.
a. Absolutist
b. Relativist
c. Subjectivist
d. Objectivist
e. Both A and D
 Answer: e
Diff: Easy
Type: MC
Page Reference: 12
Skill: C
 60) A sociologist studying the Canadian criminal code to demonstrate that longer sentences are given to people of lower class for the same crime would like hold a _______ view of the law.
a. Consensual
b. Social Power Perspective
c. Interactionist
d. Phenomenological
e. Relativist
 Answer: b
Diff: Moderate - challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 13-14
Skill: A
 61) If one was studying the social construction of deviance and was reviewing the social impact of the laws surrounding the age of consent for sex, they would be looking at which level of social construction?
a. Individual
b. Interactional
c. Institutional
d. Sociocultural
e. Macro
 Answer: c
Diff: Challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 17
Skill: A
 62) Picking someone last to join an athletic team because they are perceived as unathletic is an example of which part of the social typing process?
a. Description
b. Triangulation
c. Evaluation
d. Assumption
e. Prescription
 Answer: e
Diff: moderate
Type: MC
Page Reference: 26
Skill: A
 63) What is the function of a verbal insult in our daily lives?
a. To formally shame a deviant person.
b. To convey messages of approved attributes / behaviour to individuals
c. To sanction and reintegrate people toward normal behaviour
d. To unnecessarily belittle individuals
e. Both B and C
 Answer: e
Diff: Moderate - challenging
Type: MC
Page Reference: 27
Skill: A
 64) Discuss the concepts of high-consensus deviance and low-consensus deviance as
outlined by Thio. Describe a type of behaviour that would apply to each of these concepts.
Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 14
Skill: C/A
 65) Explain how the conception of norms has changed over time for more “objective” deviance specialists.
 Answer:
  Diff: easy
Type: ES
Page Reference: 12-13
Skill: C
 66) Explain the multilevel process of social construction as it applies to development of deviant behaviours.
 Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 16-17
Skill: C/A
 67) Describe what moral entrepreneurs are. Provide one historical and one contemporary example of moral entrepreneurs, clearly illustrating how these are examples of moral entrepreneurs.
 Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 22-25
Skill: C
 68) Explain how the 1999 deaths of three Toronto youths at raves resulted in a deviance dance.
 Answer:
  Diff: challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 21
Skill: A/F
 69) Apply the three components of the social typing process to someone who is a member of a white supremacist group.
 Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 26
Skill: A
 70) Considering the issue of drug abuse, provide an example of each of the following forms of social control: (a) retroactive, formal control; (b) preventative, informal control; and (c) retroactive self-regulation.
 Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 26-28
Skill: C/A
 71) Compare the 3 main 'views of the law' identified in your text when discussing norms. Choosing one, create a possible social issue that they would study and what their position might be on that issue.
 Answer:
  Diff: Moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 13-14
Skill: C, A
 72) Identify an example of a deviant behaviour or characteristic that is now considered deviant but was once socially acceptable. Describe 2-3 possible social changes that may have contributed to this shift in normative definition.
 Answer:
  Diff: Challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 16
Skill: A
 73) In the 1980's an advertising campaign "Just-Say No!" was created targeting youth in an attempt to discourage drug use.  Discuss which of the moral entrepreneurs were likely involved in this campaign and what each one would have gained from the successful attempt to influence youth behaviour.
 Answer:
  Diff: Challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 22-23
Skill: C, A
 74) List the five powerful groups that influence the creation of dominant moral codes in society. For each of those groups, explain how their power enables them to influence the social construction of deviance, and provide an example.
 Answer:
  Diff: challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 22-25
Skill: F/C/A
 75) Explain what the objective-subjective dichotomy is, and describe the basic assumptions of each side of this dichotomy. How is the objective-subjective dichotomy different from the objective-subjective continuum, and why does the textbook author suggest that the latter may be a more accurate representation than the former?
 Answer:
  Diff: challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 4, 18-20
Skill: F/C
 76) Describe the four different “objective” definitions of deviance, and give one example of each. For each of those definitions, list one limitation and provide one example of that limitation.
 Answer:
  Diff: moderate
Type: ES
Page Reference: 4-14
Skill: C/A
 77) The text addresses four different “objective” definition of deviance, as well as one “subjective” definition. Select the ONE definition that you think best applies to why people who smoke are socially typed as deviant and made subject to social control in contemporary Canadian society. Be sure to provide that definition and explain why you think it is the best one in this particular instance.
 Answer:
  Diff: challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 4-14
Skill: C/A
 78) Under leader Stephen Harper, the Conservative Party of Canada  held free votes in Parliament (as a proxy for societal reaction) on one “hot-button” issue of the day (same-sex marriage), but not another (the decriminalization of marijuana). Using at least three concepts from Chapter 1, describe how someone from the more subjective end of the objective-subjective continuum might explain this discrepancy.
 Answer:
  Diff: challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 4,11, 15-20
Skill: C/A
 79) Human Trafficking is arguably equal to modern day slavery and it has been identified as a modern reality. Using the objective context of 'harm', identify the ways that human trafficking causes harm to individuals and/or society and is therefore deviant (physical, emotional, social and ideological). Justify how your examples fit each type of harm you identify.
 Answer:
  Diff: Challenging
Type: ES
Page Reference: 6
Skill: A
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Development Through the Lifespan 6th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
 Chapter 1
History, theory, and research strategies
Multiple Choice
    1)  Developmental science is a field of study devoted to
A)   proving contemporary theories of development.
B)   understanding abnormal development in children and adolescents.
C)   understanding constancy and change throughout the lifespan.
D)   identifying genetic contributions to disease and illness.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 5
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.1
    2)  While great diversity characterizes the interests and concerns of developmental scientists, they share a single goal: to identify
A)   genetic factors that contribute to longevity.
B)   environmental factors that contribute to disease and illness.
C)   those factors that lead to abnormal development in children and adolescents.
D)   those factors that influence consistencies and transformations in people from conception to death.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 5
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.1
    3)  Developmental science is __________ because it has grown through the combined efforts of people from many fields of study.
A)   interdisciplinary
B)   empirical
C)   applied
D)   theoretical
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 5
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.1
    4)  Theories are vital tools for developmental researchers because they
A)   ensure proper use of research procedures.
B)   illustrate the ultimate truth regarding human behavior.
C)   provide organizing frameworks for our observations of people.
D)   do not require scientific verification.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 5
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.2
    5)  The continuous view of development holds that
A)   infants and children have unique ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving.
B)   infants and preschoolers respond to the world in much the same way as adults do.
C)   infants and children respond to the world quite differently than adults do.
D)   new ways of understanding and responding to the world emerge at specific times.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 6
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.2
    6)  Within the __________ view of development, new ways of understanding and responding to the world emerge at specific times.
A)   discontinuous
B)   nature
C)   continuous
D)   nurture
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 6
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.2
    7)  Dr. Kostel believes that development takes place in stages. This belief is consistent with the __________ perspective.
A)   nurture
B)   continuous
C)   discontinuous
D)   nature
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 6
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.2
    8)  Kim is interested in comparing the language development of shy versus outgoing preschoolers. Kim is most likely interested in __________ that shape development.
A)   genetic factors
B)   the contexts
C)   therapeutic techniques
D)   historical factors
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 7
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.2
    9)  Tammy’s father is an exceptional gymnast. When Tammy was just a toddler, her father believed that Tammy already showed great promise as a gymnast. Tammy’s father probably believes that athletic ability is mostly determined by
A)   nurture.
B)   stages.
C)   nature.
D)   early experiences.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 7
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.2
 10)  Although Justin spent his first 18 months in an orphanage, his adoptive mother believes that sensitive caregiving will help Justin overcome his early experiences. Justin’s mother emphasizes the role of __________ in development.
A)   nurture
B)   stages
C)   stability
D)   nature
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 7
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.2
 11)  Theorists who point to early experiences as establishing a lifelong pattern of behavior emphasize
A)   stages.
B)   discontinuity.
C)   stability.
D)   continuity.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 7
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.2
 12)  Theorists who emphasize plasticity believe that
A)   change in response to influential experiences is possible.
B)   heredity, rather than the environment, influences behavior.
C)   individuals who are high in anxiety as children will remain so at later ages.
D)   early experiences establish a lifelong pattern of behavior.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 7
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.2
 13)  The increase in the number of healthier, more active older adults suggests that human development is a
A)   controversial area of research.
B)   unidirectional system.
C)   dynamic system.
D)   biological, rather than environmental, science.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 8
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.3
 14)  The lifespan perspective on human development assumes that development is
A)   static and stable.
B)   multidimensional and multidirectional.
C)   continuous, rather than discontinuous.
D)   largely the result of heredity.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 8
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.3      
 15)  According to the lifespan perspective, __________ is supreme in its impact on the life course.
A)   the prenatal period
B)   early childhood
C)   adolescence
D)   no single age period
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 8
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.3
 16)  Max, age 65, learned to play the piano at a local senior center. Max demonstrates that          
A)   aging is an eventual “shipwreck.”
B)   learning follows a predictable timetable.
C)   development is plastic at all ages.
D)   musical talent peaks in late adulthood.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 9–10
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.3
 17)  Although Betty grew up in a rundown neighborhood, had divorced parents, and rarely saw her father, she is a successful, happy, and healthy adult. Betty’s ability to adapt effectively in the face of threats to development is known as
A)   assimilation.
B)   resilience.
C)   age-graded development.
D)   multidimensional development.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 10 Box: BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT: Resilience
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.3
 18)  Research on resilience shows that
A)   heredity is more powerful than the environment in protecting children from the negative effects of stressful life events.
B)   the environment is more powerful than heredity in protecting children from the negative effects of stressful life events.
C)   interventions must attend to both the person and the environment to strengthen a child’s capacity while also reducing hazardous experiences.
D)   plasticity is limited to infancy and early childhood.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 11 Box: BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT: Resilience
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.3
 19)  Which of the following is an example of an age-graded influence?
A)   Paul learned to play the violin at age 11.
B)   Frank got his driver’s license at age 16.
C)   Martina got married at age 34.
D)   Jesse learned to use a computer at age 21.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 10
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.3
 20)  History-graded influences explain why __________ tend to be alike in ways that set them apart from people born at other times.
A)   cohorts
B)   ancestors
C)   siblings
D)   descendants
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 11
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.3
 21)  The splurge of births from 1946 to 1964 yielded a unique generation that today comprises nearly _____ percent of the U.S. population.
A)   10
B)   20
C)   30
D)   40
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 12 Box: CULTURAL INFLUENCES: The Baby Boomers Reshape the Life Course
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.3
 22)  As a generation, baby boomers are
A)   healthier, but less educated, than any previous midlife cohort.
B)   more educated, but less wealthy, than any previous midlife cohort.
C)   more self-focused, but less healthy, than any previous midlife cohort.
D)   healthier, better educated, and financially better off than any previous midlife cohort.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 13 Box: CULTURAL INFLUENCES: The Baby Boomers Reshape the Life Course
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.3
 23)  Nonnormative influences
A)   are typical or average.
B)   affect large numbers of people in a similar way.
C)   do not follow a predictable timetable.
D)   include age-graded and history-graded influences.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 12
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.3
 24)  Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution emphasized __________ and __________.
A)   the normative approach; survival of the fittest
B)   noble savages; physical maturation
C)   tabula rasa; natural selection
D)   natural selection; survival of the fittest
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 14
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.4
 25)  G. Stanley Hall regarded development as a __________ process.
A)   maturational
B)   nonnormative
C)   psychosocial
D)   social learning
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 14
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.4
 26)  G. Stanley Hall and his student, Arnold Gesell,
A)   discovered that prenatal growth is strikingly similar in many species.
B)   launched the normative approach.
C)   constructed the first standardized intelligence test.
D)   were the forefathers of psychoanalytic theory.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.4
 27)  Arnold Gessell
A)   was among the first to make knowledge about child development meaningful to parents by writing child-rearing books.
B)   is generally regarded as the founder of the child study movement.
C)   concluded that the development of the human child follows the same general plan as the evolution of the human species.
D)   constructed the first successful intelligence test.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.4
 28)  Alfred Binet and Theodore Simon addressed practical educational concerns by
A)   launching the normative approach.
B)   constructing the first intelligence test.
C)   writing the first parenting books.
D)   conducting child observations and parent interviews.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.4
 29)  Alfred Binet and Theodore Simon’s intelligence test was originally constructed to
A)   measure individual differences in IQ.
B)   document age-related improvements in children’s intellectual functioning.
C)   identify children with learning problems who needed to be placed in special classes.
D)   compare the scores of people who varied in gender, ethnicity, and birth order.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.4
 30)  According to the __________ perspective, people move through a series of stages in which they confront conflicts between biological drives and social expectations.
A)   normative
B)   behaviorism
C)   social learning
D)   psychoanalytic
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 31)  Sigmund Freud constructed his psychosexual theory
A)   on the basis of his adult patients’ memories of painful childhood events.
B)   by conducting studies of animal behavior.
C)   on the basis of interviews with institutionalized children and adolescents.
D)   by carefully observing his own children.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 32)  According to Sigmund Freud, the
A)   ego develops through interactions with parents.
B)   superego is the conscious, rational part of personality.
C)   ego is the largest portion of the mind.
D)   id is the source of basic biological needs and desires.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 33)  Freud’s psychosexual theory was eventually criticized because
A)   it stressed the influence of the early parent–child relationship on development.
B)   it overemphasized the influence of sexual feelings in development.
C)   Freud had not directly studied adolescents or adults.
D)   it ignored personality development.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 15
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 34)  In contrast to Sigmund Freud, Erik Erikson
A)   viewed children as taking a more active role in their own development.
B)   pointed out that normal development must be understood in relation to each culture’s life situation.
C)   minimized the role of culture in individual development.
D)   primarily focused on the importance of early life experiences.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 16
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 35)  One reason that the psychoanalytic perspective is no longer in the mainstream of child development is because
A)   it tells us little about factors that contribute to personality development.
B)   its theorists were so strongly committed to the clinical approach that they failed to consider other methods.
C)   contemporary theorists have found that personality development does not take places in stages.
D)   it fails to recognize the role of the early parent–child relationship in personality development.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 36)  Dr. Faulkner believes that directly observable events—stimuli and responses—are the appropriate focus of the study of development. Dr. Faulkner probably follows the __________ perspective of development.
A)   psychosexual
B)   psychosocial
C)   behaviorism
D)   cognitive-developmental
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.5
 37)  Ivan Pavlov discovered
A)   observational learning.
B)   classical conditioning.
C)   the ego’s positive contributions to development.
D)   the clinical method.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 38)  In a historic experiment with 11-month-old Albert, John Watson demonstrated that
A)   children cannot be conditioned to fear a formerly neutral stimulus.
B)   infants as young as a few months old will repeat a behavior to obtain a desirable reward.
C)   children can be conditioned to fear a formerly neutral stimulus.
D)   children have an innate, inborn fear of rats.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 39)  According to __________ theory, the frequency of a behavior can be increased by following it with a wide variety of reinforcers.
A)   classical conditioning
B)   observational learning
C)   operant conditioning
D)   psychoanalytic
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 40)  According to B. F. Skinner, __________ will increase the frequency of a behavior and __________ will decrease the frequency of a behavior.
A)   punishment; reinforcement
B)   reinforcement; punishment
C)   modeling; reinforcement
D)   punishment; imitation
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 17
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 41)  According to __________ theory, children learn primarily through modeling.
A)   reinforcement
B)   operant conditioning
C)   social learning
D)   classical conditioning
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 42)  Today, Albert Bandura’s theory stresses the importance of
A)   behavior modification.
B)   punishment.
C)   cognition.
D)   reinforcement.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 43)  According to Bandura’s revised social-cognitive theory, as children grow older they
A)   become more selective in what they imitate.
B)   become less selective in what they imitate.
C)   imitate more than they model.
D)   respond more favorably to punishment than reinforcement.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 44)  Behavior modification eliminates undesirable behaviors by
A)   exposing children to group therapy.
B)   having patients talk freely about painful childhood events.
C)   improving children’s social settings, such as school and home.
D)   combining conditioning and modeling.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 45)  Many theorists believe that behaviorism and social learning theory
A)   overemphasize the plasticity of cognitive development.
B)   overestimate people’s contributions to their own development.
C)   offer too narrow a view of important environmental influences.
D)   overemphasize each individual’s unique life history.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 46)  According to Jean Piaget’s cognitive-developmental theory,
A)   children actively construct knowledge as they manipulate and explore their world.
B)   children’s learning depends on reinforcers, such as rewards from adults.
C)   adult teaching is the best way to foster development.
D)   rapid development occurs during sensitive periods.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 47)  Piaget’s view of development was greatly influenced by his early training in
A)   physics.
B)   sociology.
C)   biology.
D)   kinesiology.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 18
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 48)  According to Jean Piaget, __________ is the balance between internal structures and information that children encounter in their everyday worlds.
A)   imitation
B)   adaptation
C)   cognition
D)   equilibrium
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 19
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.5
 49)  Jamar understands that a certain amount of liquid or clay remains the same even after its appearance changes and can organize objects into hierarchies of classes and subclasses. According to Piaget, Jamar is in the __________ stage of cognitive development.
A)   sensorimotor
B)   preoperational
C)   concrete operational
D)   sociocultural
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 19
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.5
 50)  Sydney, when faced with a problem, starts with a hypothesis, deduces testable inferences, and isolates and combines variables to see which inferences are confirmed. Sydney is in Piaget’s __________ stage of development.
A)   sensorimotor
B)   preoperational
C)   concrete operational
D)   formal operational
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 19
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.5
 51)  Research on Piaget’s cognitive-developmental theory indicates that
A)   he overestimated the competencies of infants and young children.
B)   he overemphasized the role of social and cultural influences on development.
C)   discovery learning facilitates learning better than adult teaching.
D)   children’s performances on Piagetian tasks can be improved with training.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 20
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.5
 52)  The information-processing approach views the mind as a
A)   symbol-manipulating system through which information flows.
B)   socially mediated process.
C)   collection of stimuli and responses.
D)   system of genetically programmed behaviors.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 20
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.6
 53)  Lillian uses flowcharts to map the precise steps individuals use to solve problems and complete tasks. Lillian is a(n) __________ theorist.
A)   psychoanalytic
B)   information-processing
C)   dynamic systems
D)   social learning
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 20
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.6
 54)  Unlike Piaget’s cognitive-developmental theory, the information-processing approach
A)   uses clinical interviews to determine a child’s stage of development.
B)   does not divide development into stages.
C)   characterizes each developmental stage by qualitatively distinct ways of thinking.
D)   views development as a discontinuous process.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 21
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 55)  The information-processing perspective views development as
A)   continuous.
B)   discontinuous.
C)   a socially mediated process.
D)   marked by imagination and creativity.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 21
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 56)  A major strength of the information-processing approach to development is its commitment to
A)   the study of imagination.
B)   flexible case study interviews.
C)   rigorous research methods.
D)   disproving other developmental theories.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 21
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 57)  The information-processing approach
A)   overemphasizes nonlinear aspects of cognition, such as creativity and imagination.
B)   is better at analyzing thinking into its components than at putting them back together into a comprehensive theory.
C)   regards the thought processes studied—perception, attention, memory, planning strategies, categorization of information—as stagelike in their development.
D)   underestimates the individual’s contribution to his or her own development.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 21
Skill: Conceptual
Objective: 1.6
 58)  Dr. Singh studies the relationship between changes in the brain and the developing person’s cognitive processing and behavior patterns. She is part of a group of researchers from the fields of psychology, biology, neuroscience, and medicine. This approach to development is known as
A)   the information-processing approach.
B)   cognitive-development theory.
C)   behaviorism.
D)   developmental cognitive neuroscience.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 21
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.6
 59)  Konrad Lorenz and Niko Tinbergen laid the modern foundations for
A)   social learning theory.
B)   developmental cognitive theory.
C)   ethology.
D)   psychoanalytic theory.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 22
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.6
 60)  A(n) __________ period is a time that is optimal for certain capacities to emerge.
A)   equilibration
B)   imprinting
C)   adaptive
D)   sensitive
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 22
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.6
 61)  John Bowlby argued that
A)   behaviors such as smiling, babbling, and crying are innate social signals that encourage parents to interact with their infants.
B)   infants become attached to their parents because parents are associated with the reduction of primary drives, such as hunger and thirst.
C)   parents and infants are both instinctively attached to each other.
D)   attachment patterns are difficult to study in humans.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 22
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 62)  Evolutionary developmental psychology
A)   focuses on how the structures of the mind develop to better fit with, or represent, the external world.
B)   seeks to understand the adaptive value of specieswide cognitive, emotional, and social competencies as those competencies change with age.
C)   views the human mind as a symbol-manipulating system through which information flows.
D)   brings together researchers from psychology, biology, neuroscience, and medicine to study the relationship between changes in the brain and the developing person’s cognitive processing and behavior patterns.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 22
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 63)  Lev Vygotsky’s theory focuses on
A)   critical periods of human development.
B)   children’s capacity to shape their own development.
C)   how behavior patterns promote survival.
D)   how culture is transmitted to the next generation.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 23
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 64)  Unlike Jean Piaget, Lev Vygotsky viewed cognitive development as a __________ process.
A)   socially mediated
B)   genetically predictable
C)   preoperational
D)   neurological
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 23
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 65)  Cross-cultural research stimulated by Vygotsky’s theory reveals that
A)   heredity and brain growth contribute significantly to social development.
B)   the stages of cognitive development are universal.
C)   children in every culture develop unique strengths.
D)   adults begin to encourage culturally valued skills as soon as children begin school.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 24
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 66)  Ecological systems theory views the person as
A)   a blossoming flower, and it regards development as a maturational process.
B)   developing within a complex system of relationships affected by multiple levels of the surrounding environment.
C)   a social being influenced primarily by observational learning or adult modeling.
D)   a computer-like system that actively codes, transforms, and organizes information.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 24
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 67)  Because a child’s biologically influenced dispositions join with environmental forces to mold development, Urie Bronfenbrenner characterized his perspective as a(n) __________ model.
A)   sociocultural
B)   stagewise
C)   bioecological
D)   evolutionary
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 24
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.6
 68)  According to ecological systems theory, interactions between Marina and her child occur in the
A)   microsystem.
B)   mesosystem.
C)   exosystem.
D)   macrosystem.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 24–25
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.6
 69)  Family chaos is linked to
A)   warm, involved parent–child interaction.
B)   enhanced language development.
C)   economic disadvantage.
D)   time spent sleeping.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 26 Box: SOCIAL ISSUES: HEALTH: Family Chaos Undermines Children’s Well-Being
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.6
 70)  __________ can help prevent escalating demands on families that give way to chaos.
A)   Ethnographic research
B)   Absence of daily structure
C)   Compression of family routines
D)   High-quality child care that is affordable and reliable
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 26 Box: SOCIAL ISSUES: HEALTH: Family Chaos Undermines Children’s Well-Being
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 71)  Bronfenbrenner’s macrosystem consists of
A)   activities and interaction patterns in the individual’s immediate surroundings.
B)   third parties that affect the quality of the parent–child relationship.
C)   cultural values, laws, customs, and resources.
D)   social settings that do not contain the developing person but nevertheless affect experiences.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 25
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.6
 72)  Toby moved with his family just before he entered fourth grade. In ecological systems theory, the move represents a change in Toby’s
A)   microsystem.
B)   mesosystem.
C)   exosystem.
D)   chronosystem.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 25
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.6
 73)  Piaget’s cognitive-developmental theory, information processing, and Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory all stress
A)   nature over nurture.
B)   changes in thinking.
C)   unconscious motives and drives.
D)   the effects of punishment and reinforcement on behavior.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 27
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.7
 74)  A __________ is a prediction about behavior drawn from a __________.
A)   theory; research question
B)   hypothesis; theory
C)   theory; hypothesis
D)   hypothesis; research question
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 27
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.8
 75)  Dr. George predicted that positive reinforcement would increase prosocial behavior in preschoolers. Dr. George’s prediction is an example of a
A)   theory.
B)   research question.
C)   hypothesis.
D)   research design.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 27
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 76)  Taking tests and answering questionnaires are examples of
A)   research designs.
B)   theories.
C)   hypotheses.
D)   research methods.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 27
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 77)  Which of the following statements about learning research strategies is true?
A)   It is unimportant to individuals who work directly with children and should be left to research specialists.
B)   It is important in separating dependable information from misleading results.
C)   It is unimportant because schools and community agencies rarely collaborate with researchers in an effort to enhance development.
D)   It is unimportant because theories and hypotheses alone result in sound evidence on human development.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 27
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 78)  Ethology, evolutionary developmental psychology, sociocultural theory, and the lifespan perspective all view development as
A)   primarily influenced by nature.
B)   primarily influenced by nurture.
C)   both continuous and discontinuous.
D)   one course with universal stages.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 28
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.7
 79)  Dr. Wiren observes children’s responses to bullying by watching them play in a park. This is an example of a(n)
A)   ethnographic study.
B)   naturalistic observation.
C)   structured observation.
D)   clinical interview.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 28
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 80)  In a naturalistic observation, the investigator
A)   sets up a laboratory situation that evokes the behavior of interest.
B)   goes into the field and records the behavior of interest.
C)   uses a flexible, conversational style to probe for the participant’s point of view.
D)   asks each participant the same set of questions in the same way.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 28
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 81)  A major limitation of systematic observation is that it
A)   provides little information on how participants actually behave.
B)   underestimates the capacities of individuals who have difficulty putting their thoughts into words.
C)   tells investigators little about the reasoning behind responses and behaviors.
D)   ignores participants with poor memories, who may have trouble recalling exactly what happened.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 82)  __________ ask research participants to provide information on their perceptions, thoughts, and feelings.
A)   Naturalistic observations
B)   Field experiments
C)   Structured observations
D)   Self-reports
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.8
 83)  A major strength of the clinical interview is that it
A)   makes comparing individuals’ responses very easy.
B)   permits participants to display their thoughts in terms that are as close as possible to the way they think in everyday life.
C)   is directed toward understanding a culture or distinct social group.
D)   allow researchers to see the behavior of interest as it occurs in natural settings.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Conceptual
Objective: 1.8
 84)  Jessica asked each of 21 children in a kindergarten classroom to explain where rain comes from. She asked the same set of follow-up questions to each participant. This is an example of a
A)   field experiment.
B)   naturalistic observation.
C)   structured interview.
D)   structured observation.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 85)  A researcher using a structured interview would typically ask
A)   questions in a large group of participants.
B)   the same set of questions in the same way to each research participant.
C)   only yes/no, multiple choice, and true/false questions.
D)   a different set of questions for each participant.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 86)  Which of the following research methods is an outgrowth of psychoanalytic theory?
A)   naturalistic observation
B)   structured observation
C)   ethnography
D)   the clinical method
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 30
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.8
 87)  Dr. Bigelow is interested in studying musical prodigies. Which method is best suited for this type of research?
A)   naturalistic observation
B)   clinical interview
C)   case study
D)   structured interview
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 31
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 88)  One major limitation of the clinical, or case study, method is
A)   that researchers’ theoretical preferences may bias their observations and interpretations.
B)   that it must be conducted with large groups of people at the same time.
C)   it provides little information on how children and adults actually behave.
D)   it provides little information about the reasoning behind responses and behaviors.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 31
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 89)  Which of the following methods is best suited for studying whether American parents are warmer than Japanese parents?
A)   systematic observation
B)   case study
C)   structured interview
D)   ethnography
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 31–32
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 90)  Ethnographic research is directed toward understanding a culture through __________ observation.
A)   naturalistic
B)   participant
C)   systematic
D)   structured
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 32
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.8
 91)  Jade spent two years in a Mexican-American community studying communication between parents and children. Jade is using the __________ research method.
A)   naturalistic observation
B)   ethnographic
C)   self-report
D)   structured observation
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 32
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.8
 92)  Compared to their agemates, adolescents from immigrant families are __________ likely to __________.
A)   more; commit delinquent and violent acts
B)   more; use drugs or alcohol
C)   more; have early sex
D)   less; commit delinquent or violent acts
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 32 Box: CULTURAL INFLUENCES: Immigrant Youths: Adapting to a New Land
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 93)  In the United States, adolescents from immigrant families
A)   view school success as both their own and their parents’ success.
B)   are more likely than those from native-born families to miss school because of illness.
C)   report lower self-esteem than those from native-born families.
D)   are more likely to be obese than their agemates with native-born parents.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 33 Box: CULTURAL INFLUENCES: Immigrant Youths: Adapting to a New Land
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 94)  One limitation of the ethnographic method is that
A)   investigators’ cultural values sometimes lead them to misinterpret what they see.
B)   it provides little information on how children and adults actually behave.
C)   it relies on unobtrusive techniques, such as surveillance cameras and one-way mirrors.
D)   it provides little information about the reasoning behind participants’ responses.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 33
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.8
 95)  Two main types of designs used in all research on human behavior are __________ and __________.
A)   observational; experimental
B)   correlational; experimental
C)   observational; correlational
D)   variable; observational
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 34
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.9
 96)  In a(n) __________ design, researchers look at relationships between participants’ characteristics and their behavior or development.
A)   observational
B)   correlational
C)   experimental
D)   variable
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 34
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.9
 97)  Dr. Dias’s research shows that the death of a spouse in old age is correlated with a decline in the surviving partner’s physical health. Which of the following conclusions is supported by this study?
A)   The death of a spouse causes a decline in the surviving partner’s physical health.
B)   The death of a spouse is related to a decline in the surviving partner’s physical health.
C)   A decline in a surviving partner’s physical health can cause the death of a spouse.
D)   A third variable, such as memory loss, causes a surviving partner’s decline in physical health following the death of a spouse.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 34
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
 98)  One limitation of correlational studies is
A)   researchers cannot replicate the studies.
B)   investigators cannot infer cause and effect.
C)   researchers randomly assign participants and manipulate their experiences.
D)   age-related changes may be distorted because of participant dropout.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 34
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.9
 99)  Dr. Anodyne found a correlation of +.49 between illegal drug use and levels of adolescent delinquency. This correlation is __________ and __________.
A)   moderate; positive
B)   low; positive
C)   high; negative
D)   low; negative
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 34
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
100)  Dr. Anderson wants to conduct a study to determine the cause-and-effect relationship between domestic violence and anger in children. Dr. Anderson should use a(n) __________ design.
A)   structured
B)   observational
C)   correlational
D)   experimental
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
101)  A dependent variable is the
A)   one the investigator expects to be influenced by the independent variable.
B)   number that describes how two measures are associated with each other.
C)   number that shows the strength of the relationship between two measures.
D)   one the investigator randomly assigns to represent participant characteristics.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.9
102)  In an experiment on the effects of music versus acting lessons on intelligence, the independent variable would be
A)   the type of lessons (music versus acting).
B)   a measure of intelligence.
C)   the type of music lessons.
D)   the frequency of the acting lessons.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
103)  In an experiment examining whether phonics instruction in preschool increases a child’s reading level in third grade, the dependent variable would be the
A)   type of phonics instruction.
B)   number of children in the experiment.
C)   child’s reading level in third grade.
D)   frequency of phonics instruction.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
104)  In experimental studies,
A)   the investigator cannot make cause-and-effect inferences.
B)   investigators must take special precautions to control for participants’ characteristics that could reduce the accuracy of their findings.
C)   the researcher directly controls or manipulates changes in the dependent variable.
D)   researchers gather information on participants without altering their experiences.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.9
105)  By using __________ assignment of participants to treatment conditions, investigators increase the chances that participants’ characteristics will be equally distributed across treatment groups.
A)   sequential
B)   random
C)   systematic
D)   correlational
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.9
106)  Professor Martinez wants to know if children who receive one-on-one instruction at school feel more self-confident than children who receive group instruction. To identify a causal relationship between type of instruction and self-confidence, Professor Martinez should
A)   compare the number of hours teachers spend on group instruction with the number of hours they spend on individualized instruction.
B)   observe a teacher’s one-on-one interactions with several children in a laboratory school.
C)   select a group of children who score high on the self-confidence measure and a second group who score low on the self-confidence measure and expose them to both types of instruction.
D)   randomly assign half of the participants to group instruction and the other half to one-on-one instruction and compare measures of self-confidence for each group.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
107)  In __________ experiments, investigators capitalize on opportunities to assign participants randomly to treatment conditions in natural settings.
A)   field
B)   natural
C)   structured
D)   laboratory
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.9
108)  Researchers randomly assigned adolescents to either a single-grade classroom or a mixed-age classroom. This is an example of a
A)   naturalistic observation.
B)   case study.
C)   natural experiment.
D)   field experiment.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.9
109)  In a longitudinal design, researchers study
A)   the same group of participants repeatedly at different ages.
B)   groups of participants differing in age at the same point in time.
C)   participants over the same ages but in different years.
D)   participants of the same age at the same point in time.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 35
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
110)  Longitudinal research can identify common patterns as well as individual differences in behavior because the investigator
A)   studies groups of participants differing in age at the same point in time.
B)   randomly assigns participants to treatment conditions.
C)   tracks the performance of each person over time.
D)   conducts quasi-experiments, comparing conditions that already exist.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 35–36
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
111)  A major strength of the longitudinal design is that researchers can
A)   examine relationships between early and later behaviors.
B)   collect a large amount of data in a short time span.
C)   explore similarities among children of different cohorts.
D)   study participants differing in age at the same point in time.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 36
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
112)  To examine whether depression is stable or changes with age, Dr. Bleu followed a group of participants from age 8 to age 40. This is an example of a __________ design.
A)   cross-sectional
B)   sequential
C)   correlational
D)   longitudinal
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 36
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.10
113)  Bernadette, a participant in a longitudinal study, became quite familiar with the test over time and, as a result, her performance improved. This limitation of longitudinal research is known as
A)   biased sampling.
B)   practice effects.
C)   random assignment.
D)   cohort effects.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.10
114)  In a longitudinal study, __________ effects occur when individuals born in the same time period are influenced by a particular set of historical and cultural conditions.
A)   practice
B)   historical
C)   cohort
D)   cultural
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Remember
Objective: 1.10
115)  In a cross-sectional design, researchers study
A)   the same group of participants repeatedly at different ages.
B)   groups of participants differing in age at the same point in time.
C)   participants over the same ages but in different years.
D)   participants of the same age at the same point in time.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
116)  Professor Gimbly wants to investigate how children of different ages characterize their friendships. Professor Gimbly should use a __________ research design.
A)   cross-sectional
B)   sequential
C)   correlational
D)   longitudinal
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.10
117)  A major disadvantage of cross-sectional research is that
A)   age-related changes cannot be examined.
B)   participants often drop out before the study is over.
C)   factors affecting individual development cannot be explored.
D)   practice effects often cause biased findings.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
118)  Like longitudinal research, cross-sectional studies can be threatened by
A)   practice effects.
B)   participant dropout.
C)   sequential timing.
D)   cohort effects.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 37
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
119)  In sequential designs, researchers study
A)   the same group of participants repeatedly at different ages.
B)   groups of participants differing in age at the same point in time.
C)   participants over the same ages but in different years.
D)   participants of the same age at the same point in time.
Answer:   C
Page Ref: 38
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
120)  A sequential design
A)   does not address diversity in developmental outcomes.
B)   permits researchers to check if cohort effects are operating.
C)   is less efficient than a longitudinal design.
D)   makes cross-sectional, but not longitudinal, comparisons.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 38
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
121)  Research that combines __________ and __________ designs is increasingly common because it permits correlational and causal inferences.
A)   longitudinal; sequential
B)   experimental; developmental
C)   cross-sectional; developmental
D)   correlational; experimental
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 38
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.10
122)  The ethical principle of __________ requires special interpretation when participants cannot fully appreciate the research goals and activities.
A)   researchers’ rights
B)   informed consent
C)   beneficial treatments
D)   protection from harm
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 40
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.11
123)  Dr. Ramorey wants 90-year-old Mr. Higgins to participate in a research study that involves moderate risks. Mr. Higgins is incapable of consenting. Which of the following would best state your advice regarding Mr. Higgins’s participation in the study?
A)   He should not be allowed to participate in the study under any circumstances.
B)   He should be allowed to participate in the study regardless of the benefit.
C)   He should only be allowed to participate in the study if his participation will benefit others.
D)   He should only be allowed to participate in the study if it is likely to benefit him directly.
Answer:   D
Page Ref: 40
Skill: Apply
Objective: 1.11
124)  One limitation of debriefing is
A)   young children often lack the cognitive skills to understand the reasons for deceptive procedures.
B)   some individuals may agree to participate simply to engage in rewarding social interaction.
C)   the lack of availability of surrogate decision makers.
D)   children may be concerned that the information they provide will not be kept confidential.
Answer:   A
Page Ref: 40
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.11
125)  Ethical standards permit deception in research studies if
A)   the participants are young enough that they would not understand the deception.
B)   the benefits to society justify the risks to the participants.
C)   researchers can observe participants from behind one-way mirrors.
D)   the participants give informed consent and the researchers never reveal the real purpose of the study.
Answer:   B
Page Ref: 40
Skill: Understand
Objective: 1.11
Essay
126)  Although there are many major theories of human development, your textbook organizes them by looking at the stand they take on what three basic issues? Briefly describe the opposing views taken on each basic issue.
Answer:   The three basic issues are: (1) Is the course of development continuous or discontinuous? (2) Does one course of development characterize all people, or are there many possible courses? (3) What are the roles of genetic and environmental factors—nature and nurture—in development?
·         If development is continuous—a process of gradually augmenting the same types of skills that were there to begin with—then infants and children respond to the world in much the same way as adults do. The difference between the immature and mature being is simply one of amount or complexity. If it is discontinuous—a process in which new ways of understanding and responding to the world emerge at specific times—then infants and children have unique ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving, ones quite different from adults.
·         Theories that accept the discontinuous perspective regard development as taking place in stages. Stage theorists assume that people everywhere follow the same sequence of development. Yet contemporary theorists regard the contexts that shape development as many-layered and complex. Different circumstances foster different capacities.
·         Finally, the age-old nature–nurture controversy asks whether genetics or environmental factors are more important in shaping development. Although all theories grant roles to both nature and nurture, they vary in emphasis.
Page Ref: 6–7
127)  Describe the role that Charles Darwin played in the study of human development.
Answer:   British naturalist Charles Darwin observed the infinite variation among plant and animal species. He also saw that within a species, no two individuals are exactly alike. From these observations, he constructed his famous theory of evolution. The theory emphasized two related principles: natural selection and survival of the fittest. Darwin explained that certain species survive in particular environments because they have characteristics that fit with, or are adapted to, their surroundings. Other species die off because they are less well-suited to their environments. Individuals within a species who best meet the environment’s survival requirements live long enough to reproduce and pass their more beneficial characteristics to future generations. Darwin’s emphasis on the adaptive value of physical characteristics and behavior found its way into important developmental theories.
                    During his explorations, Darwin discovered that early prenatal growth is strikingly similar in many species. Other scientists concluded from Darwin’s observations that the development of the human child follows the same general plan as the evolution of the human species. Although this belief eventually proved inaccurate, efforts to chart parallels between child growth and human evolution prompted researchers to make careful observations of all aspects of children’s behavior. Out of these first attempts to document an idea about development, scientific child study was born.
Page Ref: 14
128)  Describe the contributions and limitations of behaviorism and social learning theory to the scientific study of human development.
Answer:   According to behaviorism, directly observable events—stimuli and responses—are the appropriate focus of study. Traditional behaviorists use classical and operant conditioning to mold children’s behavior. The most influential kind of social learning theory emphasizes modeling, also known as imitation or observational learning, as a powerful source of development. The most recent version of the theory places strong emphasis on cognition.
Behaviorism and social learning theory have been helpful in treating a wide range of adjustment problems. Behavior modification consists of procedures that combine conditioning and modeling to eliminate undesirable behaviors and increase desirable responses. It has been used to relieve a wide range of difficulties in children and adults, ranging from poor time management and unwanted habits to serious problems, such as language delays, persistent aggression, and extreme fears.
Nevertheless, many theorists believe that behaviorism and social learning theory offer too narrow a view of important environmental influences, which extend beyond immediate reinforcement, punishment, and modeled behaviors to people’s rich physical and social worlds. Behaviorism and social learning theory have also been criticized for underestimating people’s contributions to their own development.
Page Ref: 17–18
129)  Describe the lifespan theory of development, and indicate its stance on the three basic issues of human development .
Answer:   According to the lifespan perspective, human development is lifelong, multidimensional, and multidirectional. It involves both continuous gains and declines, and the discontinuous, stagewise emergence of new skills occurs. Development is influenced by multiple, interacting biological, psychological, and social forces, many of which vary from person to person, leading to diverse pathways of change. It also is affected by an intricate blend of hereditary and environmental factors. Both early and later experiences are important. There is plasticity at all ages.
Page Ref: 28
130)  Compare and contrast naturalistic and structured observations.
Answer:   Observations of the behavior of children and adults can be made in different ways. One approach is to go into the field, or natural environment, and record the behavior of interest—a method called naturalistic observation. The great strength of naturalistic observation is that investigators can see directly the everyday behaviors they hope to explain. Naturalistic observation also has a major limitation: Not all individuals have the same opportunity to display a particular behavior in everyday life. Researchers commonly deal with this difficulty by making structured observations, in which the investigator sets up a laboratory situation that evokes the behavior of interest so that every participant has equal opportunity to display the response. The procedures used to collect systematic observations vary, depending on the research problem posed. Sometimes investigators choose to analyze the entire stream of behavior—everything said and done over a certain time period. Systematic observation provides invaluable information on how children and adults actually behave, but it tells us little about the reasoning behind their responses. For that information, researchers must turn to self-report techniques.
Page Ref: 28–30
131)  Describe longitudinal design, and explain its strengths and weaknesses.
Answer: In a longitudinal design, participants are studied repeatedly, and changes are noted as they get older. The time spanned may be relatively short (a few months to several years) or very long (a decade or even a lifetime). The longitudinal approach has two major strengths. First, because it tracks the performance of each person over time, researchers can identify common patterns as well as individual differences in development. Second, longitudinal studies permit investigators to examine relationships between early and later events and behaviors. Despite their strengths, longitudinal investigations pose a number of problems. For example, participants may move away or drop out of the research for other reasons. This biases the sample so that it no longer represents the population to whom researchers would like to generalize their findings. Also, from repeated study, people may become more aware of their own thoughts, feelings, and actions and revise them in ways that have little to do with age-related change. In addition, they may become “test-wise.” Their performance may improve as a result of practice effects—better test-taking skills and increased familiarity with the test—not because of factors commonly associated with development. The most widely discussed threat to longitudinal findings is cohort effects: Individuals born in the same time period are influenced by a particular set of historical and cultural conditions. Results based on one cohort may not apply to people developing at other times. But, cohort effects do not just operate broadly on an entire generation. They also occur when specific experiences influence some groups of individuals but not others in the same generation.  
Page Ref: 35–37
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Development Across the Life Span 7th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1
 An Introduction to Lifespan Development
   1-1. _______ development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occurs throughout the entire lifespan.
              a)   Biological
            b)   Lifespan
            c)   Psychological
            d)   Research
 Answer: b Page: 5 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-2. In its study of growth, change, and stability, lifespan development takes a(n) ______ approach.
              a)   intuitive
            b)   scientific
            c)   social
            d)   environmental
 Answer: b Page: 5 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-3. A professor wants to examine the effectiveness of a new teaching approach. Her 9:00 a.m. class will be exposed to the new method of viewing teaching tapes while her 10:00 a.m. class will be exposed to traditional lectures. She will assess the students’ progress after six sessions. What method is the professor using to conduct her experiment?
              a)   intuitive
            b)   biological
            c)   environmental
            d)   scientific
 Answer: d Page: 5 Level: Difficult LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.1
 1-4. The vast majority of lifespan development focuses on
              a)   nonhuman species.
            b)   test tube babies.
            c)   biological and environmental development.
            d)   human development.
 Answer: d Page: 5 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-5. A lifespan developmentalist whose topical focus is the body’s makeup is interested in _____ development.
              a)   cognitive
            b)   physical
            c)   personality
            d)   social
 Answer: b Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-6. A developmental researcher who is interested in studying what senses are used most often by a child or what the long-term results of premature birth are would be studying ___________ development.
              a)   social
            b)   physical
            c)   personality
            d)   cognitive
 Answer: b Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-7. A researcher working with college-age football players is conducting a longitudinal study to examine an athlete’s decline in physical performance as the athlete ages. What type of development would the researcher most likely be studying?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   personality
            c)   physical
            d)   social
 Answer: c Page: 6 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-8. ________ development involves the ways that growth and change in intellectual capabilities influence a person’s behavior.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: a Page: 6 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-9. Researchers in the early learning department of a university are conducting a long-term study to see how problem-solving skills change over time as school-age students move from elementary school to high school to college. What type of development are the researchers most likely studying?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   personality
            c)   social
            d)   physical
 Answer: a Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-10. Researchers who use intelligence quotient (IQ) testing as part of their research project with elementary age students are likely to be researching _________ development.
              a)   personality
            b)   cognitive
            c)   social
            d)   physical
 Answer: b Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-11. What type of lifespan developmentalist is interested in how a person who experiences a significant or traumatic event early in life would remember that event later in life?
              a)   physical
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   personality
 Answer: c Page: 6 Level: Difficult LO: 1-1 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-12. A researcher is interested in conducting a study to determine whether people who experienced a devastating event, such as a house fire where the family lost everything, suffer lasting effects from such devastation early in life. This researcher is interested in the ________ development of the subject(s).
              a)   personality
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   physical
 Answer: c Page: 6 Level: Difficult LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-13. If a developmental researcher is studying what the earliest memories that can be recalled from infancy are, or what the intellectual consequences of watching television are, in what developmental area is the researcher interested?
              a)   social
            b)   physical
            c)   cognitive
            d)   personality
 Answer: c Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-14. ________ development involves the ways that the enduring characteristics that differentiate one person from another change over the life span.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: c Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-15. A student reads a flyer on the campus bulletin board that says a researcher is searching for students to volunteer for a long-term study. Participation includes completing testing that measures traits such as temperament, attitudes, and adaptability, as well as being available for follow-up for the next 10 years. The researcher who is developing this study is most likely interested in ___________ development.
              a)   personality
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   physical
 Answer: a Page: 6 Level: Difficult LO: 1-1 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-16. _________ development involves the way in which individuals’ interactions with others and their social relationships grow, change, and remain stable over the course of life.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: d Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome 1.4
  1-17. Lifespan developmentalists typically look at which of the following areas?
            a)   a particular family
            b)   a particular age range
            c)   a particular town/city      
            d)   a particular country
 Answer: b Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
   1-18. A shared notion of reality that is widely accepted but is a function of society and culture at a given time is/are called
              a)   topical areas of lifespan development.
            b)   social construction.
            c)   age ranges.
            d)   social development.
 Answer: b Page: 6 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-19. The concept of childhood as a special period did not exist during the ________ century.
              a)   sixteenth
            b)   seventeenth          
            c)   nineteenth
            d)   twentieth
 Answer: b Page: 7 Level: Difficult LO:1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-20. In Western culture, what age is typically considered to be the beginning of young adulthood?
              a)   16
            b)   18
            c)   21
            d)   20
 Answer: d Page: 7 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-21. Walter is a college student who is about to graduate from college. At what age would he most likely consider that a substantial change is occurring in his life?
              a)   when he turned 20 years of age
            b)   when he leaves college and enters the workforce at age 22
            c)   when he finished his junior year of high school at age 17
            d)   when he turns 26 years old
 Answer: b Page: 7 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
1-22. When discussing developmental diversity, what characteristic of good parenting do Mayan mothers consider essential?
              a)   laying their infants down
            b)   constant contact between themselves and their infant children
            c)   constant nourishment of their children
            d)   allowing their infants to cry
 Answer: b Page: 8 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-23. Race is what kind of a concept?
              a)   cognitive                                                                                  
            b)   cultural
            c)   biological
            d)   social
 Answer: c Page: 8 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-24. When Allison was completing her medical forms in the doctor’s office, she was asked to indicate her race. What may be an appropriate reason(s) for the question on the forms?
              a)   to establish her skin color
            b)   to establish her ethnic/cultural heritage
            c)   to establish her religion
            d)   to establish biological factors
 Answer: d Page: 8 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-25. The concept of race is exceedingly imprecise for all of the following reasons EXCEPT
              a)   depending upon how it is defined, there are between 3 and 300 races.
            b)   no race is genetically distinct.
            c)   the question of race seems comparatively insignificant because 99.9 percent of humans’ genetic makeup is identical.
            d)   names can best reflect different races and ethnic groups.
 Answer: d Pages: 8 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome 3.1
 1-26. A group of people who are born around the same time in the same place is called a(n)
              a)   race.
            b)   cohort.
            c)   ethnic group.
            d)   normative group.
 Answer: b Page: 9 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.3
  1-27. People who lived in New York City during the 9/11 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center experienced shared challenges due to the attack that are called ________ effects.
              a)   biological
            b)   environmental
            c)   cohort
            d)   Millennial Generation
 Answer: c Page: 9 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-28. Biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of where they are raised, are called ______influences.
              a)   age-graded
            b)   history-graded
            c)   biological
            d)   environmental
 Answer: a Page: 9 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-29. Biological and environmental factors that are associated with a certain historical event, such as the bombing of Pearl Harbor, can be considered
              a)   age-graded influences.
            b)   history-graded influences.
            c)   sociocultural-graded influences.
            d)   non-normative life events.
 Answer: b Page: 9 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-30. A biological universal event that occurs at relatively the same time throughout all societies is an example of
              a)   young adulthood.
            b)   puberty.
            c)   adulthood.
            d)   death.
 Answer: b Page: 9 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-31. Alice’s symptoms of menopause include hot flashes and cessation of her monthly menstrual cycle. Alice’s doctor tells her she is experiencing a(n)
              a)   non-normative life event.
            b)   age-graded influence.
            c)   history-graded influence.
            d)   sociocultural-graded influence.
 Answer: b Page: 9 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-32. When social and cultural factors affect an individual at a particular time and include variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership, these factors are called
              a)   age-graded influences.
            b)   non-normative life events.
            c)   history-graded influences.
            d)   sociocultural-graded influences.
 Answer: d Page: 9 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-34. In ___________, development is ________, with achievements at one level building on those of previous levels.
              a)   discontinuous change; distinct
            b)   continuous change; gradual
            c)   discontinuous change; gradual
            d)   continuous change; distinct
 Answer: b Page: 10 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.3
 1-35. In ____________ development, each stage is ________.
              a)   discontinuous change; distinct
            b)   continuous change; distinct
            c)   distinct change; discontinuous
            d)   distinct change; gradual
 Answer: a Page: 10 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.3
 1-36. Consider a situation where a woman comes down with a case of rubella (German measles) in the eleventh week of pregnancy, as opposed to the thirtieth week of pregnancy. The difference in the way rubella would affect the unborn child at these two times is an example of
              a)   continuous change.
            b)   discontinuous change.
            c)   a critical period.
            d)   a sensitive period.
 Answer: c Page: 10 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 3.4
 1-37. Development that occurs in distinct steps or stages, with each stage bringing about behavior that is assumed to be qualitatively different from behavior at earlier stages is called _________ change.
              a)   discontinuous
            b)   continuous
            c)   critical
            d)   natural
 Answer: a Page: 10 Level: Medium LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.3
 1-38. A specific time during development when a particular event has its greatest consequences and the presence of certain kinds of environmental stimuli is necessary for development to proceed normally is called
              a)   discontinuous change.
            b)   continuous change.
            c)   critical period.
            d)   natural change.
 Answer: c Page: 11 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.4
 1-39. In a ______, organisms are particularly susceptible to certain kinds of stimuli in their environments, but the absence of those stimuli does not always produce irreversible consequences.
              a)   sensitive period
            b)   continuous change
            c)   critical period
            d)   discontinuous change
Answer: a Page: 11 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-40. Early developmentalists focused their attention on
              a)   infancy to preschool years.
            b)   preschool to adolescence.
            c)   infancy and adolescence.
            d)   adolescence and adulthood.
 Answer: c Page: 11 Level: Medium LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-41. What issue has dominated much work in lifespan development?
              a)   Which area(s) of lifespan development are the most important?
            b)   How much of people’s behavior is due to their genetically determined nature and how much is due to nurture?
            c)   What are the historical roots of developmentalists and life span development?
            d)   How are developmental research studies developed?
 Answer: b Page: 12 Level: Medium LO: 1-3 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-42. “Nature” refers to
              a)   traits, abilities, and capacities inherited from parents.
            b)   biological forces within the environment that affect change.
            c)   how people’s growth and change is affected at the cellular level.
            d)   socioeconomic surroundings that affect people’s growth and change.
 Answer: a Page: 12 Level: Easy LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-43. The predetermined unfolding of genetic information is known as
              a)   nurture.
            b)   influences of the physical and social environment.
            c)   maturation.
            d)   conception.
 Answer: c Page 12 Level: Easy LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.1
 1-44. Environmental influences that shape behavior are referred to as
              a)   nurture.
            b)   maturation.
            c)   nature.
            d)   social evolution.
 Answer: a Page: 12 Level: Medium LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 3.3
 1-45. Genetically determined traits not only directly influence a child’s ______, but also indirectly shape the child’s _________.
              a)   behavior; environment
            b)   environment; behavior
            c)   maturation; circumstances
            d)   circumstances; maturation
 Answer: a Page: 13 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 3.3
 1-46. Bob and Marion’s high level of responsivity to their baby’s persistent crying demonstrates a(n) _______ influence on the baby’s development.
              a)   genetic
            b)   environmental
            c)   maturation
            d)   social
 Answer: b Page: 13 Level: Medium LO: 1-3 Type: Applied
 1-47. Broad, organized explanations and predictions concerning phenomena of interest are called _________________ and provide a framework for understanding the relationships among an organized set of facts or principles.
              a)   concepts
            b)   hypotheses
            c)   theories
            d)   perspectives
 Answer: c Page: 14 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-48. Advocates of the __________ perspective believe that much of behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts of which a person has little awareness or control.
              a)   psychodynamic
            b)   psychosocial
            c)   behavioral
            d)   psychosexual
 Answer: a Page: 14 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-49. Freud proposed a theory that suggests that unconscious forces act to influence personality and behavior. This is called the ______ perspective.
              a)   psychosocial
            b)   psychosexual
            c)   psychoanalytic
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: c Page: 14 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-50. The psychodynamic perspective is closely associated with
              a)   Freud.
            b)   Erikson.
            c)   Skinner.
            d)   Piaget.
 Answer: a Page: 14 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-51. Sigmund Freud is responsible for revolutionary ideas and the __________ theory.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   psychoanalytic
            c)   phallic
            d)   reality
 Answer: b Page: 14 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-52. Which of the following suggests that unconscious forces act to determine personality and behavior?
              a)   psychosexual development
            b)   pleasure principle
            c)   reality principle
            d)   psychoanalytic theory
 Answer: d Page: 14 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-53. Freud believed that the _________ contains infantile wishes, desires, demands, and needs that are hidden from conscious awareness because they are disturbing.
              a)   superego
            b)   id
            c)   ego
            d)   unconscious
 Answer: d Page: 14 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-54. The approach stating that behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts that are generally beyond peoples’ awareness and control is called the
              a)   clinical approach.
            b)   investigative approach.
            c)   psychodynamic perspective.
            d)   analytical perspective.
 Answer: c Page: 14 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-55. According to Freud, which part of everyone’s personality operates according to the “pleasure principle”?
              a)   unconscious
            b)   ego
            c)   superego
            d)   id
 Answer: d Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-56. Freud believed that the goal of the pleasure principle was to
              a)   reduce satisfaction and maximize tension.
            b)   maximize satisfaction and reduce tension.
            c)   reduce inhibition and maximize unconscious awareness.
            d)   increase inhibition and reduce unconscious awareness.
 Answer: b Page: 15 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-57. Freud believed that the _____ is the part of the personality that is rational and reasonable.
              a)   id
            b)   superego
            c)   conscious
            d)   ego
 Answer: d Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-58. Freud believed that the ego operates on the
              a)   unconscious.
            b)   reality principle.
            c)   pleasure principle.
            d)   conscious.
 Answer: b Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-59. If a child develops into a person who integrates into society and maintains a good awareness of safety, Freud may say that person has a well-developed
              a)   id.
            b)   superego.
            c)   consciousness.
            d)   ego.
 Answer: d Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-60. The ________ is Freud’s representation of incorporating the distinction between right and wrong.
              a)   conscious
            b)   id
            c)   superego
            d)   unconscious
 Answer: c Page: 15 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-61. To Freud, “superego” and ________ would be considered interchangeable terms.
              a)   conscience
            b)   ego
            c)   unconscious
            d)   conscious
 Answer: a Page: 15 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-62. Freud believed that the ______ begins to develop around ages five or six and is learned from significant authority figures.
              a)   id
            b)   superego
            c)   conscious
            d)   ego
 Answer: b Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-63. According to Freud, a series of stages that children pass through in which pleasure, or gratification, is focused on a particular biological function and body part is called
              a)   psychosexual development.
            b)   the psychosexual approach.
            c)   the psychoanalytic theory.
            d)   the psychoanalytical approach.
 Answer: a Page: 15 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-64. Adults demonstrating excessive activities such as eating, talking, or chewing gum may be experiencing a(n) __________ fixation.
              a)   anal
            b)   oral
            c)   phallic
            d)   psychosexual
 Answer: b Page: 15 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-65. Freud believed that if children are unable to gratify themselves in a particular stage of development, or if they are over-gratified in a particular stage of development, ______ may occur.
              a)   fixation
            b)   conflict
            c)   stages
            d)   patterns
 Answer: a Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-66. Psychoanalyst ________ provided an alternative psychodynamic view in his theory of psychosocial development.
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Freud
            c)   Erikson
            d)   Piaget
 Answer: c Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-67. Erikson proposed a ____________ theory, which emphasized that society and culture influence and shape us.
              a)   psychosocial
            b)   psychodynamic
            c)   psychoanalytic
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: a Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-68. Erikson’s psychosocial theory of development proposes ________ distinct stages.
              a)   3
            b)   5
            c)   8
            d)   2
 Answer: c Page: 15 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-69. Erikson argued that each of his stages presents a(n) ________ that the individual must resolve.
              a)   crisis
            b)   fixation
            c)   dilemma
            d)   interaction
 Answer: a Page: 15 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-70. Erikson’s theory differs from Freud’s in that Erikson believed that development
 a)      is completed in infancy.
b)      is completed in early childhood.
c)      is completed by adolescence.
            d)   continues throughout the lifespan.
 Answer: d Page: 15 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-71. The __________ ________ suggests that keys to understanding development are observable actions and outside stimuli in the environment.
              a)   psychodynamic perspective
            b)   behavioral perspective
            c)   psychoanalytic theory
            d)   psychosocial theory
 Answer: b Page: 17 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-72. Thom is an adolescent who has an awareness of uniqueness of self and knowledge of roles to be followed. He can be said to have passed through Erikson’s ________ stage of psychosocial development.
              a)   trust vs. mistrust
            b)   initiative vs. guilt
            c)   industry vs. inferiority
            d)   identity vs. role diffusion
 Answer: d Page: 16 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-73. Kimberly is a young woman who has a fear of relationships with others. She can be said to have had a negative outcome in Erikson’s ________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       initiative vs. guilt
b)       autonomy vs. shame and doubt
c)       intimacy vs. isolation
d)      generativity vs. isolation
 Answer: c Page: 16 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-74. As Warren looks back over his long life, he feels a sense of unity in his life’s accomplishments. He can be said to be in Erikson’s ________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       industry vs. inferiority
b)       ego-integrity vs. despair
c)       identity vs. role diffusion
d)      generativity vs. stagnation
 Answer: b Page: 16 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-75. Suri identifies with her mother as a role model. She has passed through Freud’s _______
stage of psychosexual development.
              a)   anal
            b)   oral
            c)   phallic
            d)   latent
 Answer: c Page: 16 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-76. ________ theories assume that people are affected by the environmental stimuli to which they are exposed, and developmental change is
              a)   Psychodynamic; qualitative.
            b)   Psychosocial; quantitative.
            c)   Developmental; qualitative.
            d)   Behavioral; quantitative.
 Answer: d Page: 17 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-77. A type of learning in which an organism responds in a particular way to a neutral stimulus that normally does not bring about that type of response is called
              a)   classical conditioning.
            b)   behavioral perspective.
            c)   operant conditioning.
            d)   psychodynamic approach.
 Answer: a Page: 17 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-78. Who was one of the first American psychologists to advocate a behavioral approach to development?
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Watson
            c)   Piaget
            d)   Erikson
 Answer: b Page: 17 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-79. Judy was bitten by a small brown and white dog when she was a little girl, and now every time she sees a small dog approaching her, she is fearful. Watson would say that Judy’s reaction is a result of _________ conditioning.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   classical
            c)   reinforcement
            d)   psychosocial
 Answer: b Page: 17 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-80. _________ conditioning, in which the response being conditioned is voluntary and purposeful, differs from _________ conditioning, where the response is automatic.
              a)   Social-cognitive; operant
            b)   Operant; classical
            c)   Classical; operant
            d)   Operant; social-cognitive
 Answer: b Page: 17-18 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-81. A form of learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences is called
              a)   behavioral perspective.
            b)   psychodynamic perspective.
            c)   operant conditioning.
            d)   classical conditioning.
 Answer: c Page: 18 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-82. Operant conditioning was formulated and championed by
              a)   Freud.
            b)   Skinner.
            c)   Bandura.
            d)   Rogers.
 Answer: b Page: 18 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-83. Behavior modification depends upon what principle?
              a)   operant conditioning
            b)   social-cognitive conditioning
            c)   classical conditioning
            d)   stimulus conditioning
 Answer: a Page: 18 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-84. Susan learned at a young age that developing good study habits, such as doing her homework, brought about good grades, and made her want to work harder in school. This sort of encouraging outcome of an action is called
              a)   learning.
            b)   classical conditioning.
            c)   reinforcement.
            d)   social-cognition.
 Answer: c Page: 18 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-85. The introduction of an unpleasant or painful stimulus or the removal of a desirable stimulus that decreases the probability that a preceding behavior will occur in the future is considered ________.
              a)   classical conditioning
            b)   punishment
            c)   social-cognitive affecting
            d)   reinforcement
 Answer: b Page: 18 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-86. Alice used to do her math homework regularly and studied hard for tests although she continued to have difficulty getting passing grades; disheartened, Alice began to put less effort into her math homework, and eventually she failed math. This is an example of what type of behavior?
              a)   reinforcement
            b)   classical
            c)   social-cognition
            d)   punishment
 Answer: d Page: 18 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-87. Behavior that receives no reinforcement or is punished is likely to be
              a)   continued.
            b)   intermittent.
            c)   extinguished.
            d)   accelerated.
 Answer: c Page: 18 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-88. ______ _______ is a formal technique for promoting the frequency of desirable behaviors and decreasing the incidence of unwanted ones.
              a)   Punishment modification
            b)   Reinforcement modification
            c)   Classical modification
            d)   Behavior modification
 Answer: d Page: 18 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-89. What is the learning approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called modeling?
              a)   classical conditioning
            b)   behavior modification
            c)   social-cognitive learning
            d)   operant conditioning
 Answer: c Page: 18 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-90. Ralph watches the other kindergarten students receive stickers and other rewards from the teacher for sitting at their desks and completing their work. Soon, Ralph begins to behave like the other kindergarten students. This is what type of learning?
              a)   modeling
            b)   reinforcement
            c)   extinction
            d)   schematizing
 Answer: a Page: 18 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-91. Which developmental psychologist developed an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called a model?
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Freud
            c)   Bandura
            d)   Watson
 Answer: c Page: 18 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-92. According to classical and operant conditioning, with their “black box” analyses, people and other organisms’ behavior and learning are understood in terms of ________, _______ stimuli.
              a)   insignificant; external
            b)   observable; external
            c)   significant; internal
            d)   unobservable; internal
 Answer: b Page: 19 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-93. Social-cognitive learning theorists argue that the difference between people and animals is the occurrence of
              a)   classical conditioning.
            b)   operant conditioning.
            c)   mental activity.
            d)   reinforcement/punishment.
 Answer: c Page: 19 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-94. Which form of the behavioral perspective learning styles has come to a predominant position in recent decades and is based on learning through imitation?
              a)   classical
            b)   social-learning theory
            c)   operant
            d)   reinforcement
 Answer: b Page: 19 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-95. __________ focuses on the processes that allow people to know, understand, and think about the world.
              a)   Classical conditioning
            b)   The behavioral perspective
            c)   Operant conditioning
            d)   The cognitive perspective
 Answer: d Page: 19 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-96. Who is considered the predominant theorist in cognitive development?
            a)   Piaget
            b)   Skinner
            c)   Bandura
            d)   Freud
 Answer: a Page: 19 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-97. _________ is(are) a theory of how human thinking is organized into mental patterns that represent behaviors and actions.
              a)   Assimilation
            b)   Schemes
            c)   Accommodation
            d)   Assessments
 Answer: b Page: 19 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-98. Piaget’s two basic principles of growth in children’s understanding of the world are
              a)   reward and punishment.
            b)   schemas and assessment.
            c)   assimilation and accommodation.
            d)   cognitive and behavior.
 Answer: c Page: 20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-99. What did Piaget call the process in which people understand an experience in terms of their current stage of cognitive development and way of thinking?
              a)   cognition
            b)   accommodation
            c)   schemes
            d)   assimilation
 Answer: d Page: 20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-100. What did Piaget call the process in which changes occur in the existing way a child thinks in response to encounters with new stimuli or events?
              a)   assimilation                                            
            b)   accommodation
            c)   cognition
            d)   schemes
 Answer: b Page: 20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-101. What has become an important alternative to Piagetian approaches?
              a)   behavioral modification
            b)   classical conditioning
            c)   information processing
            d)   social-cognitive learning
 Answer: c Page: 20 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-102. Which type of approach grew out of the development of electronic processing of information, where even complex behavior such as learning, remembering, categorizing, and thinking can be broken down into a series of individual, specific steps?
              a)   information processing
            b)   social-cognitive learning
            c)   classical conditioning
            d)   behavioral modification
 Answer: a Page: 20 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-103. What learning model seeks to identify the ways individuals take in, use, and store information?
              a)   Piaget
            b)   neo-Piaget
            c)   information processing
            d)   social-cognitive
 Answer: c Page: 20 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-104. Piaget’s view assumes that thinking undergoes ________ advances, but the information-processing approach assumes that development is marked by ________ advantages.
              a)   quantitative; qualitative
            b)   quantitative; discontinuous
            c)   qualitative; quantitative
            d)   continuous; discontinuous
 Answer: c Page: 20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-105. An information-processing approach that builds on Piaget’s research is known as _______ theory because it considers cognition as made up of different types of individual skills.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   operant
            c)   classical
            d)   neo-Piagetian
 Answer: d Page: 20 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-106. What approach builds on Piaget’s research, and views cognition as made up of different types of individual skills, while using terminology from information-processing approaches?
              a)   neo-Piagetian
            b)   information processing
            c)   social-cognitive learning theory
            d)   cognitive perspective
 Answer: a Page: 20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-107. What type of developmental approach is cutting edge and at the forefront of research when working with genes associated with mental health disorders such as autism and schizophrenia?
              a)   behavior modification
            b)   social-cognitive
            c)   cognitive neuroscience
            d)   neo-Piagetian
 Answer: c Page: 21 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-108. Which developmental approach looks at cognitive development through the lens of brain processes by considering internal mental processes focused on the neurological activity that underlies thinking, problem solving, and cognitive behavior?
              a)   neo-Piagetian
            b)   behavioral
            c)   information processing
            d)   cognitive neuroscience
 Answer: d Page: 21 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-109. What approach examines cognitive development through the lens of brain processes?
              a)   humanistic
            b)   cognitive neuroscience
            c)   neo-Piaget
            d)   Piaget
 Answer: b Page: 21 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-110. What theory contends that people have a natural capacity to make decisions about their lives?
              a)   psychoanalytic
            b)   behavioral
            c)   humanistic
            d)   social-cognitive learning theory
 Answer: c Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-111. The ________ perspective contends that people have a natural capacity to control their behavior.
              a)   behavioral
      ��     b)   social-cognitive
            c)   cognitive neuroscience
            d)   humanistic
 Answer: d Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-112. According to this perspective, the ability of humans to make choices and come to decisions about their lives is called
              a)   free will.
            b)   societal standards.
            c)   positive regard.
            d)   self-actualization.
 Answer: a Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-113. Who was a major proponent of the humanistic perspective and suggested that all people need positive regard that results from an underlying wish to be loved and respected?
              a)   Bandura
            b)   Rogers
            c)   Maslow
            d)   Freud
 Answer: b Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-114. Which theorist(s) championed the idea of self-actualization?
              a)   Freud and Erikson
            b)   Skinner and Piaget
            c)   Rogers and Maslow
            d)   Bandura
 Answer: c Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-115. Eleanor Roosevelt, Abraham Lincoln, and Albert Einstein are used as examples of
              a)   self-actualization.
            b)   social role.
            c)   social causation.
            d)   self-efficacy.
 Answer: a Page: 22 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-116. Which perspective contains the two major theories of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach and Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   humanistic
            c)   behavioral
            d)   contextual
 Answer: d Page: 22 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-117. Which perspective considers the relationship between individuals and their physical, cognitive, personality, and social worlds?
              a)   humanistic
            b)   contextual
            c)   cognitive
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: b Page: 22 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-118. What is the perspective that suggests that different levels of the environment simultaneously influence individuals?
              a)   cognitive neuroscience
            b)   humanistic perspective
            c)   contextual perspective
            d)   bioecological approach
 Answer: d Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-119. Which of Bronfenbrenner’s levels addresses the everyday, immediate environment in which children lead their daily lives?
              a)   mesosystem
            b)   exosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: c Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-120. Which approach to development suggests that there are five levels of the environment that simultaneously influence individuals?
              a)   Piaget’s cognitive approach
            b)   Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach
            c)   Skinner’s behavioral approach
            d)   Freud’s psychoanalytical approach
 Answer: b Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-121. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels provides the connections between the various aspects of the person’s life, like links in a chain, to bind children to parents, students to teachers, employees to bosses, and friends to friends?
              a)   exosystem
            b)   mesosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: b Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-122. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents broader influences, including societal institutions such as local government, community, schools, places of worship, and the local media?
              a)   microsystem
            b)   macrosystem
            c)   mesosystem
            d)   exosystem
 Answer: d Page: 22-23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-123. Jose and Maria are preparing for the arrival of their first child, and are considering moving from their small rural town to a larger city to gain access to more social services, better schools, and a greater variety of local newspapers and television stations. This is an example of which of Bronfenbrenner’s five levels?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   exosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   mesosystem
 Answer: b Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-124. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents the larger cultural influences on an individual?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   mesosystem
 Answer: a Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-125. Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach suggests that society, types of governments, religious value systems, political value systems, and other broad factors are parts of what system?
              a)   mesosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: d Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-126. Within Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach, which system underlies each of his system levels and involves the way the passage of time, including historical events, affects children’s development?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   chronosystem
            d)   exosystem
 Answer: c Page: 24 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-127. A historical event, such as the terrorist attacks in New  York in September of 2001, would be considered by Bronfenbrenner to fall within which system?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   mesosystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   chronosystem
 Answer: d Page: 23 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-128. What term refers to the notion that the well-being of the group is more important than that of the individual?
              a)   individualism
            b)   humanistic
            c)   collectivism
            d)   bioecological approach
 Answer: c Page: 24 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-129. Which theory emphasizes how cognitive development proceeds as a result of social interactions between members of a culture?
              a)   interconnectedness
            b)   sociocultural
            c)   bioecological
            d)   contextual
 Answer: b Page: 25 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-130. Who was one of the first to recognize, acknowledge the importance of, and help us understand the importance of culture’s influence on development?
              a)   Rogers
            b)   Bandura
            c)   Vygotsky
            d)   Bronfenbrenner
 Answer: c Pages: 25 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-131. The concept of “reciprocal transaction” is attributed to which developmentalist and theory?
            a)   Vygotsky; sociocultural
            b)   Freud; psychoanalytic
            c)   Skinner: behavioral
            d)   Rogers; humanistic
 Answer: a Page: 25 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-132. Which perspective seeks to identify behavior that is the result of our genetic inheritance from our ancestors?
              a)   evolutionary
            b)   cognitive neuroscience
            c)   bioecological
            d)   humanistic
 Answer: a Page: 26 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-133. Who wrote the groundbreaking work titled On the Origin of Species and is responsible for the birth of the evolutionary perspective?
              a)   Bronfenbrenner
            b)   Vygotsky
            c)   Darwin
            d)   Lorenz
 Answer: c Page: 26 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
 1-134. The evolutionary perspective draws from the field of ethology, which examines the ways in which our biological makeup can influence our behavior. Who is/was a primary proponent of ethology?
              a)   Darwin
            b)   Vygotsky
            c)   Bronfenbrenner
            d)   Lorenz
 Answer: d Page: 26 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-135. What is the name of the process of posing and answering questions using careful, controlled techniques that include systematic, orderly observation and the collection of data?
              a)   theories
            b)   hypotheses
            c)   scientific method
            d)   research
 Answer: c Page: 30 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-136. A _______ is a prediction stated in a way that permits it to be tested.
              a)   hypothesis
            b)   theory
            c)   conclusion
            d)   scientific method
 Answer: a Page: 30 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
 1-137. What type of evidence is based on careful, systematic procedures?
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   anecdotal
            d)   unethical
 Answer: a Page: 30 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-138. In _________ research, the researcher can tell if an association or relationship between two factors exists.
              a)   scientific
            b)   correlational
            c)   hypothetical
            d)   experimental
 Answer: b Page: 30 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-139. ________ research is designed to discover causal relationships between various factors.
              a)   Correlational
            b)   Hypothetical
            c)   Experimental
            d)   Scientific
 Answer: c Page: 30 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-140. Researchers who are interested in the relationship between televised aggression and subsequent behavior have found that children who watch a good deal of televised aggression (murders, crime shows, shootings, etc.) tend to be more aggressive than those who watch little of this type of television programming. This is an example of a(n) ____________ study.
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   theoretical
            d)   correlational
 Answer: d Page: 30 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-141. What is the observation of a naturally occurring behavior, without intervention in the situation?
              a)   correlational
            b)   ethnography
            c)   naturalistic observation
            d)   experimental
 Answer: c Page: 32 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-142. What is the method of research borrowed from the field of anthropology and used to investigate cultural questions?
              a)   ethnography
            b)   case study
            c)   natural observation
            d)   experimentation
 Answer: a Page: 33 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-143. Mary is researching the factors related to alcohol use among college students, so she goes to live in a college dorm for a month to observe students and conduct in-depth interviews. This is an example of what type of research?
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey research
 Answer: b Page: 33 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.4
 1-144. What is the method of research that involves extensive, in-depth interviews with a particular individual or small group of individuals?
              a)   experimentation
            b)   case study
            c)   natural observation
            d)   ethnography
 Answer: b Page: 33 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-145. William is participating along with a group of adolescents trying to lose weight. One of his assignments is to keep a diary of his food intake and the times that he eats daily. This can be considered an example of what type of research?
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey research
 Answer: c Page: 33 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.4
 1-146. Professor Smythe wants to conduct a study in a virtual charter school. She wants to examine and describe the comparative differences on cognitive development in students attending the charter school with students attending more traditional schools. Ultimately, she plans to describe what, if any, changes are occurring, and why the changes create social difficulty. This is an example of what type of research?
              a)   quantitative
            b)   survey
            c)   naturalistic observation
            d)   qualitative
 Answer: d Page: 33 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-147. In order to learn about children’s toy preferences, researchers interview children at a local preschool and base their inferences on the children’s responses. This is an example of _______ research.
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey
 Answer: d Page: 33 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-148. When a group of people are chosen to represent a larger population and are asked about their attitudes, behaviors, or thinking on a given topic, this is considered _________ research.
              a)   ethnography
            b)   case study
            c)   experimental
            d)   survey
 Answer: d Page: 33 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-149. The device that uses electrodes placed on the outside of the skull to record electrical activity within the brain, and is used in psychophysiological research, is called a(n) __________.
              a)   CAT scan
            b)   fMRI scan
            c)   EEG
            d)   experience
 Answer: c Page: 34 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-150. The device where a computer constructs an image of the brain by combining thousands of individual x-rays taken at slightly different angles is called a(n) _________.
              a)   CAT scan
            b)   EEG
            c)   psychophysiological
            d)   fMRI scan
 Answer: a Page: 34 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-151. The device that provides a detailed, three-dimensional computer-generated image of brain activity by aiming a powerful magnetic field at the brain is called a(n) ______.
              a)   EEG
            b)   psychophysiological
            c)   CAT scan
            d)   fMRI scan
 Answer: d Page: 34 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-152. What is the type of research method that focuses on the relationship between physiological processes and behavior?
              a)   psychophysiological
            b)   ethnography
            c)   experimental
            d)   case study
 Answer: a Page: 34 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-153. When an investigator typically devises two different conditions and then studies and compares the outcomes of the participants exposed to those two different conditions in order to see how behavior is affected, this is called a(n)
              a)   hypothesis.
            b)   experiment.
            c)   theory.
            d)   treatment.
 Answer: b Page: 34 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
 1-154. Researchers conduct an experiment in which group A is exposed to a particular treatment and group B is given no treatment. If group A is designated as the treatment group, then group B is the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   control group.
            d)   treatment group.
 Answer: c Page: 34 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-155. The group of participants chosen to receive the independent variable is called a(n)
              a)   control group.
            b)   experimental group.
            c)   statistical group.
            d)   sample.
 Answer: b Page: 34 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-156. In an experiment, the ______ _____ is what researchers manipulate.
              a)   experimental control
            b)   independent variable
            c)   control group
            d)   dependent variable
 Answer: b Page: 35 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-157. Researchers conduct an experiment in which one group is exposed to Treatment A and the other group is exposed to Treatment B. The treatments are the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   control group.
            d)   treatment group.
 Answer: a Page: 35 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-158. In an experiment, researchers manipulate the ______, and the variable that the researchers measure to see if it changes is the ______.
              a)   dependent variable; independent variable
            b)   independent variable; dependent variable
            c)   control group; treatment group
            d)   treatment group; control group
 Answer: b Page: 35 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-159. In an experiment, the ________ is what researchers measure and expect to change as a result of manipulation.
              a)   treatment group
            b)   independent variable
            c)   control group
            d)   dependent variable
 Answer: d Page: 35 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-160. The procedure that experimenters need to use to make sure that participants in both the treatment and control groups are not aware of the purpose of the experiment is known as the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   random assignment.
            d)   statistical law.
 Answer: c Page: 35 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-161. What technique ensures that personal characteristics that might affect the outcome of the experiment are divided proportionally among the participants in the different groups, making groups equivalent?
              a)   dependent variables
            b)   random assignment
            c)   independent variables
            d)   statistics
 Answer: b Page: 35 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-162. Using a real-world setting for an experiment is the hallmark of a(n)
              a)   field study.
            b)   control group.
            c)   experimental group.
            d)   sample group.
 Answer: a Page: 36 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-163. What kind of research investigation is conducted in a controlled setting explicitly designed to hold events constant?
              a)   control group
            b)   experimental group
            c)   field study
            d)   laboratory study
 Answer: d Pages: 36 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-164. What type of research is designed specifically to test some developmental explanation and expand scientific knowledge?
              a)   experimental
            b)   hypothetical
            c)   theoretical
            d)   applied
 Answer: c Page: 37 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-165. What type of research is designed to provide practical solutions to immediate problems?
              a)   hypothetical
            b)   applied
            c)   experimental
            d)   theoretical
 Answer: b Page: 37 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-166. If the focus of a research study is to examine the ways in which college professors can help students to remember information more easily, such as a study would represent ________ research.
              a)   applied
            b)   experimental
            c)   theoretical
            d)   hypothetical
 Answer: a Page: 37 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-167. If a researcher was interested in learning how children’s moral development changes between the ages of 3 and 15, the researcher may follow them until they are 15, testing them periodically. This research strategy is known as _________ research.
              a)   developmental
            b)   longitudinal
            c)   sequential
            d)   cross-sectional
 Answer: b Page: 37 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-168. When the behavior of one or more study participants is measured as they age, this is called ________ research.
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   developmental
            c)   cross-sectional
            d)   sequential
 Answer: a Page: 37 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-169. In a study of the behavioral adjustment of a group of children placed in foster care, the children were assessed once a year over a period of 10 years. This is an example of a ______ study.
              a)   cross-sectional
            b)   developmental
            c)   longitudinal
            d)   sequential
 Answer: c Page: 37 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Applied APA Outcome: 2.2
   1-170. What is the type of research in which people of different ages are compared at the same point in time?
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   sequential
            c)   developmental
            d)   cross-sectional
 Answer: d Page: 39 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-171. Which type of research study is a compromise technique that essentially examines a number of different age groups at several points in time, and permits developmental researchers to tease out the consequences of age change versus age difference?
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   sequential
            c)   cross-sectional
            d)   experimental
 Answer: b Page: 40 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-172. What kind of evidence is based on one or two instances of a phenomenon, haphazardly discovered or encountered?
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   anecdotal
            d)   unethical
 Answer: c Page: 41 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 2.2
   ESSAY QUESTIONS
 1-173. For which issues do lifespan developmental experts seek information?
 Answer: Lifespan development experts study the way human beings change and grow, and how this process continues through the lifetime. Lifespan developmental experts seek to understand universal principals of development, and cultural, racial, and ethnic differences that affect the course of human development. They seek to understand the unique aspects of individuals, looking at traits and characteristics that differentiate one person from another.
 Page: 5 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-174. Explain the differences between how a developmentalist who is specializing in personality and a developmentalist who is specializing in social development go about their work.
 Answer: A developmentalist interested in personality development might ask whether there are stable, enduring personality traits throughout the lifespan, while a specialist in social development might examine the effects of marriage or divorce on development.
 Page: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-175. Lifespan is usually divided into which specific broad-age ranges?
 Answer: Prenatal Period (conception to birth); Infancy and toddlerhood (birth to age 3); Preschool Period (ages 3-6) Middle Childhood (ages 6-12); Adolescence (ages 12-20); Young Adulthood (ages 20-40); Middle Adulthood (ages 40-60); and Late Adulthood (age 60 to death).
 Pages: 6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-176. Briefly explain the differences between the terms “race” and “ethnic group.”
 Answer: Race is a biological concept, which should be employed to refer to classifications based on physical and structural characteristics of species. In contrast, ethnic group and ethnicity are broader terms, referring to cultural background, nationality, religion, and language.
 Page: 8 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-177. Explain the three different types of cohort effects.
 Answer: History-graded influences are biological and environmental influences associated with a particular historical moment in time. Age-graded influences are biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of when or where they are raised (ex., puberty and menopause). Sociocultural-graded influences are the social and cultural factors present at a particular time for a particular individual dependent upon such variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership.
 Pages: 9 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-178. Identify the four important issues of lifespan development that have been debated since lifespan development became established as a separate field.
 Answer: 1) Continuity versus discontinuity; 2) The importance of critical periods; 3) Whether to focus on certain periods or on the entire life span; and 4) The nature versus nurture controversy.
 Pages: 10-12 Level: Difficult LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-179. Provide reasons why today’s developmentalists believe the entire life span is important.
 Answer: 1) The discovery that developmental growth and change continue during every part of life. 2) A person’s social environment is affected by the influences on his/her social environments. 3) Paul Baltes points out that development across the lifespan involves both gains and losses. People also change how they invest their resources (motivation, energy, and time) at different points during the life span.
 Pages: 11 Level: Medium LO: 1-2 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-180. Provide reason(s) why Freud’s principles of psychoanalytic theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) Lack of validation by subsequent research, in particular, the idea that people pass through stages in childhood that determine adult personality; 2) Freud’s theory was based on a limited population of upper-middle-class Austrians living in a strict, puritanical era, and the application of Freud’s theory to a broad, multicultural population is questionable; 3) Freud’s theory focuses primarily on male development, has been criticized as sexist, and may be interpreted as devaluing women.
 Pages: 16 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-181. Provide reasons why Erikson’s principles of psychosocial theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) Erikson’s theory focuses more on men than women’s development; 2) The theory is vague, in some aspects making it difficult for researchers to test; and 3) This theory makes it difficult to make predictions about an individual’s behavior.
 Page: 16-17 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-182. List and briefly explain three types of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: 1) Classical conditioning occurs when an organism learns to respond to a neutral stimulus that normally does not evoke that type of response; 2) Operant conditioning is learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences; 3) Social-cognitive learning theory is an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person called a model.
 Pages: 17-18 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-183. Briefly explain why developmental researchers would employ the cognitive perspective.
 Answer: The cognitive perspective emphasizes how people internally represent and think about their world. The cognitive perspective would help researchers understand how people process information and how thinking and understanding affect their behavior. It also gives insight into how people’s cognitive abilities change, both quantitatively and qualitatively, as people develop, and sheds light on how cognitive abilities are related to one another.
 Page: 19-20 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-184. What is the greatest criticism of the Piagetian perspective?
 Answer: The greatest criticism is that cognitive development is not as discontinuous as represented in Piaget’s four distinct stages theory. Other researchers argue that growth is more continuous, e.g., as in the information-processing approach that focuses on learning, memory, and thinking throughout a life span.
 Page: 20 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-185. Provide insight as to why the humanistic perspective has not had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: The lack of influence by the humanistic perspective is primarily due to its inability to identify a broad developmental change that is the result of increasing age or experience.
 Page: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-186. Briefly explain Bronfenbrenner’s first level of his bioecological approach.
 Answer: The first level of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach is the microsystem, which includes the home, caregivers, friends, and teachers who all influence the child’s microsystem.
 Page: 23 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-187. Briefly explain why Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach emphasizes the interconnectedness of the influences on development. Give an example.
 Answer: Because the levels of the bioecological approach are related to one another, a change in one part of the system affects other part of the system. Example: A parent’s loss of employment can impact a child’s microsystem.
 Page: 23-24 Level: Difficult LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-188. Why has Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory become increasingly influential?
 Answer: The reason is the growing acknowledgment of the importance of cultural factors in development. Children do not develop in a cultural vacuum, and their attention is directed by society to certain areas which affect what particular skills they develop.
 Pages: 25 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-189. Provide some criticism of the evolutionary perspectives.
 Answer: 1) The evolutionary perspective pays insufficient attention to the environmental and social factors affecting people’s behavior; and 2) There is no good way experimentally to test theories derived from the evolutionary approach because they happened a long time ago.
 Page: 26-27 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-190. Briefly list and describe the 3 major steps of the scientific method.
 Answer: 1) identifying questions of interest; 2) formulating an explanation; and 3) carrying out research that either lends support to the explanation or refutes it.
 Page: 30 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
 1-191. Briefly describe some of the hallmarks that distinguish a field study.
 Answer: 1) A field study is research carried out in a naturally occurring setting; 2) Field studies capture behavior in real-life settings where participants may behave more naturally than they would if they were brought into a laboratory; 3) Field studies may be used in both correlational studies and experiments; 4) It is often difficult to run an experiment in real-world settings where it is hard to exert control over the situation and environment; 5) Field studies are more typical of correlational designs than experimental designs.
 Page: 36 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-192. Briefly describe some drawbacks of utilizing longitudinal research studies.
 Answer: 1) Longitudinal research requires a tremendous investment of time as researchers wait for participants to grow older; 2) Participants drop out over the course of the research because they may move away, become ill, or die as the research proceeds; 3) Participants may become “test wise” and perform better each time they are assessed as they become more familiar with the procedure; 4) Experimental participants may be affected by the repeated presence of an experimenter or observer.
 Page: 37 Level: Difficult LO: 1-6 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 2.2
   TRUE/FALSE
 1-193. Despite individual and specific differences, each and every one of us is traversing the territory known as lifespan development.
 Answer: True Page: 4 Level: Easy LO: Introduction Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-194. Louise Brown’s conception in the lab is not one of the brave new worlds of the twenty-first century.
 Answer: False Page: 4 Level: Easy LO: Introduction Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-195. Specialists in lifespan development share one concern: understanding the growth and change that occur during the course of life.
 Answer: True Page: 4 Level: Easy LO: Introduction Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-196. Developmentalists study how both our biological inheritance and the environment in which we live jointly affect our behavior.
 Answer: True Page: 4 Level: Easy LO: Introduction Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-197. All developmental specialists acknowledge that neither heredity nor environment alone can account for the full range of human development and change.
 Answer: True Page: 5 Level: Easy LO: Introduction Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-198. Lifespan development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occurs throughout the entire lifespan.
 Answer: True Page: 5 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-199. Lifespan developmentalists believe that people continue to grow and change in every aspect of their lives up to the end of their lives.
 Answer: False Pages: 5-6 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-200. The age ranges within a period – and even the periods themselves – are steadfast and unchanging.
 Answer: False Pages: 6-7 Level: Medium LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-201. All age ranges have clear-cut boundaries.
 Answer: False Pages: 6-7 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-201. All people reach their developmental milestones at the exact same time.
 Answer: False Pages: 7 Level: Easy LO: 1-1 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-202. Different cultures and subcultures have their own views of appropriate and inappropriate childrearing just as they have different developmental goals for their children.
 Answer: True Page: 8 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-203. The terms “race” and “ethnic group” are interchangeable.
 Answer: False Page: 8 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-204. In the years ahead, it is likely that lifespan development will move from a discipline primarily focused on North American and Europe to encompass development around the globe.
 Answer: True Page: 8 Level: Easy LO: 1-2 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-205. Developmentalists reject the notion that behavior is the sole result of either nature or nurture.
 Answer: True Page: 12 Level: Easy LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-206. Intelligence is solely determined by inherited, genetic factors.
 Answer: False Page: 12 Level: Difficult LO: 1-3 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-207. Erikson believed that each of the 8 stages of psychosocial development must be addressed in order to move on to the next stage.
 Answer: True Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-208. Freud and Erikson agreed that development is relatively complete by adolescence.
 Answer: False Page: 15 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-209. Classical conditioning is the only type of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: False Page: 17 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-210. By and large, based upon thousands of investigations, Piaget’s broad view of the sequence of cognitive development is accurate.
 Answer: True Page: 20 Level: Easy LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-211. Using information-processing terminology, neo-Piagetian theory suggests that cognitive development proceeds at the same rate for all areas (i.e., reading vs. abstract computational abilities).
 Answer: False Page: 20 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.4
  1-212. The humanistic perspective has had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: False Pages: 22 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-213. In Bronfenbrenner’s first of his five levels of bioecological approach, the child has an active role in shaping his/her environment.
 Answer: True Page: 23 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-214. Some evolutionary developmentalists suggest that behaviors such as shyness and jealousy are produced in part by genetic causes because they helped increase the survival rates of humans’ ancient relatives.
 Answer: True Page: 26 Level: Medium LO: 1-4 Type: Conceptual APA Outcome: 1.3
  1-215. All claims and theories derived from the various perspectives are accurate.
 Answer: False Page: 28 Level: Medium LO: 1-5 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 1.2
  1-216. A correlational study can conclude that the viewing of television aggression causes more aggressive behavior in children.
 Answer: False Page: 31 Level: Medium LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
  1-217. In an experiment, one group, the treatment or experimental group, is exposed to the treatment variable being studied; and the other, the control group, is not.
 Answer: True Page: 34 Level: Easy LO: 1-6 Type: Factual APA Outcome: 2.2
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Development Across the Life Span 6th Edition
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   Chapter 1
 An Introduction to Lifespan Development
 1-1. In May 2009, 66-year-old ________ gave birth to a 5-pound, 3-ounce infant.
              a)   Elizabeth Ardant
            b)   Elizabeth Amino
            c)   Elizabeth Adeney
            d)   Elizabeth Adios
 Answer: c  Page: 3 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-2. Lifespan development spans a range of interests that specialists in development can consider.  A researcher wants to examine the effects of the 66-year-old woman’s son’s birth on long-range development.  Which of the following could possibly be an area of interest?
              a)   Investigating behavior at the level of biological processes to determine                                                  whether the infant’s functioning was affected by the advanced age of his                                      mother.
            b)   Investigating DNA structure’s influence on academic performance.
            c)   Completing a cross-sectional study comparing males and females.
            d)   Examining how exposure to music in utero would interfere with long-range personality structures.
 Answer: a  Page: 4 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-3. _______ development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occur throughout the entire lifespan.
              a)   Biological
            b)   Lifespan
            c)   Psychological
            d)   Research
 Answer: b  Page: 5 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-4. In its study of growth, change, and stability, lifespan development takes a(n) ______ approach.
              a)   intuitive
            b)   scientific
            c)   social
            d)   environmental
 Answer: b  Page: 5 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-5. A professor wants to examine the effectiveness of a new teaching approach.  Her 9:00 a.m. class will be exposed to the new method of viewing teaching tapes while her 10:00 a.m. class will be exposed to traditional lectures.  She will assess the students’ progress after six sessions. What method is the professor using to conduct her experiment?
              a)   intuitive
            b)   biological
            c)   environmental
            d)   scientific
 Answer: d  Page: 5 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-6. The vast majority of lifespan development focuses on
              a)   nonhuman species.
            b)   test tube babies.
            c)   biological and environmental development.
            d)   human development.
 Answer: d  Page: 5 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-7. A lifespan developmentalist whose topical focus is the body’s makeup is interested in _____ development.
              a)   cognitive
            b)   physical
            c)   personality
            d)   social
 Answer: b  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-8. A researcher working with college-age football players is conducting a longitudinal study to examine an athlete’s decline in physical performance as the athlete ages.  What type of development would the researcher most likely be studying?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   personality
            c)   physical
            d)   social
 Answer: c  Page: 6 Level: Medium Type: Applied
 1-9. ________ development involves the ways that growth and change in intellectual capabilities influence a person’s behavior.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: a  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-10. Researchers in the early learning department of a university are conducting a long-term study to see how problem-solving skills change over time as school-age students move from elementary school to high school to college.  What type of development are the researchers most likely studying?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   personality
            c)   social
            d)   physical
 Answer: a  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-11. Researchers who use intellectual testing (IQ) as part of their research project with elementary age students are likely to be researching _________ development.
              a)   personality
            b)   cognitive
            c)   social
            d)   physical
 Answer: b  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-12. ________ development involves the ways that the enduring characteristics that differentiate one person from another change over the life span.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: c  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-13. A student reads a flyer on the campus bulletin board that says a researcher is searching for students to volunteer for a long-term study.  Participation includes completing testing that measures traits such as temperament, attitudes, and adaptability, as well as being available for follow-up for the next 10 years.  The researcher who is developing this study is most likely interested in ___________ development.
              a)   personality
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   physical
 Answer: a  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-14. _________ development involves the way in which individuals’ interactions with others and their social relationships grow, change and remain stable over the course of life.
              a)   Cognitive
            b)   Physical
            c)   Personality
            d)   Social
 Answer: d  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-15. What type of lifespan developmentalist is interested in how a person who experiences a significant or traumatic event early in life would remember that event later in life?
              a)   physical
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   personality
 Answer: c  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-16. A researcher is interested in conducting a study to determine whether people who experienced a devastating event, such as a house fire where the family lost everything, suffer lasting effects from such devastation early in life.  This researcher is interested in the ________ development of the subject(s).
              a)   personality
            b)   social
            c)   cognitive
            d)   physical
 Answer: c  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-17. Lifespan developmentalists typically look at which of the following areas?
            a)   a particular family
            b)   a particular age range
            c)   a particular town/city      
            d)   a particular country
 Answer: b  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-18. A developmental researcher who is interested in studying what senses are used most often by a child or what the long-term results of premature birth are would be studying ___________ development.
              a)   social
            b)   physical
            c)   personality
            d)   cognitive
 Answer: b  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-19. If a developmental researcher is studying what the earliest memories that can be recalled from infancy are, or what the intellectual consequences of watching television are, in what developmental area is the researcher interested?
              a)   social
            b)   physical
            c)   cognitive
            d)   personality
 Answer: c  Page: 6 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-20. A shared notion of reality that is widely accepted but is a function of society and culture at a given time is/are called
              a)   topical areas of lifespan development.
            b)   social construction.
            c)   age ranges.
            d)   social development.
 Answer: b  Page: 6 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-21. The concept of childhood as a special period did not exist during the ________ century.
              a)   sixteenth
            b)   seventeenth          
            c)   nineteenth
            d)   twentieth
 Answer: b  Page: 7 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-22. Which age range is considered a social construction and does not have a clear-cut boundary?
              a)   infancy begins with birth
            b)   adolescence starts with sexual maturity
            c)   middle adulthood ends with retirement
            d)   preschool period ends with entry into public school
 Answer: c  Page: 7 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-23. In Western culture, what age is considered young adulthood?
              a)   16
            b)   18
            c)   21
            d)   20
 Answer: d  Page: 7 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-24. Walter is a college student who is about to graduate from college. At what age would he most likely consider that a substantial change is occurring in his life?
              a)   when he turned 20 years of age
            b)   when he leaves college and enters the workforce at age 22
            c)   when he finished his junior year of high school at age 17
            d)   when he turns 26 years old
 Answer: b  Page: 7 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-25. To gain a clearer understanding, developmentalists must consider all of the following broad cultural factors except
              a)   orientation toward individualism and collectivism.
            b)   ethnic, racial, socioeconomic, and gender differences.
            c)   how progress in the domain of human diversity has actually regressed.
            d)   how subcultures are exactly like cultures in their views and attitudes.
 Answer: d  Page: 8 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-26. When discussing developmental diversity, what characteristic of good parenting do Mayan mothers consider essential?
              a)   laying their infants down
            b)   constant contact between themselves and their infant children
            c)   constant nourishment of their children
            d)   allowing their infants to cry
 Answer: b  Page: 8 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-27. Race is what kind of a concept?
              a)   cognitive                                                                                  
            b)   cultural
            c)   biological
            d)   social
 Answer: c  Page: 8 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-28. When Allison was completing her medical forms in the doctor’s office, she was asked to indicate her race. What may be an appropriate reason(s) for the question on the forms?
              a)   to establish her skin color
            b)   to establish her ethnic/cultural heritage
            c)   to establish her religion
            d)   to establish biological factors
 Answer: d  Page: 8 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-29. A group of people who are born around the same time in the same place is called a(n)
              a)   race.
            b)   cohort.
            c)   ethnic group.
            d)   normative group.
 Answer: b  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-30. The concept of race is exceedingly imprecise for all of the following reasons EXCEPT
              a)   depending upon how it is defined, there are between 3 and 300 races.
            b)   no race is genetically distinct.
            c)   the question of race seems comparatively insignificant because 99.9 percent of humans’ genetic makeup is identical.
            d)   names can best reflect different races and ethnic groups.
 Answer: d   Pages: 8-9 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-31. People who lived in New York City during the 9/11 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center experienced shared challenges due to the attack that are called ________ effects.
              a)   biological
            b)   environmental
            c)   cohort
            d)   Millennial Generation
 Answer: c  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-32. Biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of where they are raised, are called ______influences.
              a)   age-graded
            b)   history-graded
            c)   biological
            d)   environmental
 Answer: a  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-33. Biological and environmental factors that are associated with a certain historical event, such as the bombing of Pearl Harbor, can be considered
              a)   age-graded influences.
            b)   history-graded influences.
            c)   sociocultural-graded influences.
            d)   non-normative life events.
 Answer: b  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-34. A biological universal event that occurs at relatively the same time throughout all societies is an example of
              a)   young adulthood.
            b)   puberty.
            c)   adulthood.
            d)   death.
 Answer: b  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-35. Alice’s symptoms of menopause include hot flashes and cessation of her monthly menstrual cycle.  Alice’s doctor tells her she is experiencing a(n)
              a)   non-normative life event.
            b)   age-graded influence.
            c)   history-graded influence.
            d)   sociocultural-graded influence.
 Answer: b  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-36. When social and cultural factors affect an individual at a particular time and include variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership, these factors are called
              a)   age-graded influences.
            b)   non-normative life events.
            c)   history-graded influences.
            d)   sociocultural-graded influences.
 Answer: d  Page: 9 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-37. In ___________, development is ________, with achievements at one level building on those of previous levels.
              a)   discontinuous change; distinct
            b)   continuous change; gradual
            c)   discontinuous change; gradual
            d)   continuous change; distinct
 Answer: b  Page: 10 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-38. In ____________ development, each stage is
              a)   discontinuous change; distinct.
            b)   continuous change; distinct.
            c)   distinct change; discontinuous.
            d)   distinct change; gradual.
 Answer: a  Page: 11 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-39. Consider a situation where a woman comes down with a case of rubella (German measles) in the eleventh week of pregnancy, as opposed to the thirtieth week of pregnancy.  The difference in the way rubella would affect the unborn child at these two times is an example of
              a)   continuous change.
            b)   discontinuous change.
            c)   critical period.
            d)   sensitive period.
 Answer: c  Page: 11 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-40. Development that occurs in distinct steps or stages, with each stage bringing about behavior that is assumed to be qualitatively different from behavior at earlier stages is called _________ change.
              a)   discontinuous
            b)   continuous
            c)   critical
            d)   natural
 Answer: a  Page: 11 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-41. A specific time during development when a particular event has its greatest consequences and the presence of certain kinds of environmental stimuli is necessary for development to proceed normally is called
              a)   discontinuous change.
            b)   continuous change.
            c)   critical period.
            d)   natural change.
 Answer: c  Page: 11 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-42. Early developmentalists focused their attention on
              a)   infancy to preschool years.
            b)   preschool to adolescence.
            c)   infancy and adolescence.
            d)   adolescence and adulthood.
 Answer: c  Page: 11 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-43. In a ______, organisms are particularly susceptible to certain kinds of stimuli in their environments, but the absence of those stimuli does not always produce irreversible consequences.
              a)   sensitive period
            b)   continuous change
            c)   critical period
            d)   discontinuous change
 Answer: a  Page: 11 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-44. What issue has dominated much work in lifespan development?
              a)   Which area(s) of lifespan development are the most important?
            b)   How much of people’s behavior is due to their genetically-determined nature and how much is due to nurture?
            c)   What are the historical roots of developmentalists and life span development?
            d)   How are developmental research studies developed?
 Answer: b  Page: 12 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-45. “Nature” refers to
              a)   traits, abilities and capacities inherited from parents.
            b)   biological forces within the environment that affect change.
            c)   how people’s growth and change is affected at the cellular level.
            d)   socioeconomic surroundings that affect people’s growth and change.
 Answer: a  Page: 12 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-46. The predetermined unfolding of genetic information is known as
              a)   nurture.
            b)   influences of the physical and social environment.
            c)   maturation.
            d)   conception.
 Answer: c  Page 12 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-47. Environmental influences that shape behavior are referred to as
              a)   nurture.
            b)   maturation.
            c)   nature.
            d)   social evolution.
 Answer: a  Page: 12 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-48. Wilma used both cocaine and alcohol during her pregnancy, and this considered a ___________ impact upon environmental influences known as ________.
              a)   biological; nurture
            b)   biological; nature
            c)   biological; maturation
            d)   social; nature
 Answer: a  Page: 12 - 13 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-49. Genetically-determined traits not only directly influence a child’s ______, but also indirectly shape the child’s _________.
              a)   behavior; environment
            b)   environment; behavior
            c)   maturation; circumstances
            d)   circumstances; maturation
 Answer: a  Page: 13 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-50. Bob and Marion’s high level of responsivity to their baby’s persistent crying demonstrates a(n) _______ influence on the baby’s development.
              a)   genetic
            b)   environmental
            c)   maturation
            d)   social
 Answer: b  Page: 13 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-51.  Broad, organized explanations and predictions concerning phenomena of interest are called _________________ and provide a framework for understanding the relationships among an organized set of facts or principles.
              a)   concepts
            b)   hypotheses
            c)   theories
            d)   perspectives
 Answer: c  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-52. Advocates of the __________ perspective believe that much of behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts of which a person has little awareness or control.
              a)   psychodynamic
            b)   psychosocial
            c)   behavioral
            d)   psychosexual
 Answer: a  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-53. Freud proposed a theory that suggests that unconscious forces act to influence personality and behavior.  This is called the ______ perspective.
              a)   psychosocial
            b)   psychosexual
            c)   psychoanalytic
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: c  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-54. The psychodynamic perspective is closely associated with
              a)   Freud.
            b)   Erikson.
            c)   Skinner.
            d)   Piaget.
 Answer: a  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-55. Sigmund Freud is responsible for revolutionary ideas and the __________ theory.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   psychoanalytic
            c)   phallic
            d)   reality
 Answer: b  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-56. Which of the following suggests that unconscious forces act to determine personality and behavior?
              a)   psychosexual development
            b)   pleasure principle
            c)   reality principle
            d)   psychoanalytic theory
 Answer: d  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-57. Freud believed that the _________ contains infantile wishes, desires, demands, and needs that are hidden from conscious awareness because they are disturbing.
              a)   superego
            b)   id
            c)   ego
            d)   unconscious
 Answer: d  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-58. The approach stating that behavior is motivated by inner forces, memories, and conflicts that are generally beyond peoples’ awareness and control is called the
              a)   clinical approach.
            b)   investigative approach.
            c)   psychodynamic perspective.
            d)   analytical perspective.
 Answer: c  Page: 14 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-59. According to Freud, which part of everyone’s personality operates according to the “pleasure principle”?
              a)   unconscious
            b)   ego
            c)   superego
            d)   id
 Answer: d  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-60. Freud believed that the goal of the pleasure principle was to
              a)   reduce satisfaction and maximize tension.
            b)   maximize satisfaction and reduce tension.
            c)   reduce inhibition and maximize unconscious awareness.
            d)   increase inhibition and reduce unconscious awareness.
 Answer: b  Page: 15 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-61. Freud believed that the _____ is the part of the personality that is rational and reasonable.
              a)   id
            b)   superego
            c)   conscious
            d)   ego
 Answer: d  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-62. Freud believed that the ego operates on the
              a)   unconscious.
            b)   reality principle.
            c)   pleasure principle.
            d)   conscious.
 Answer: b  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-63. If a child develops into a person who integrates into society and maintains a good awareness of safety, Freud may say that person has a well-developed
              a)   id.
            b)   superego.
            c)   consciousness.
            d)   ego.
 Answer:  d Page: 15  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-64. The ________ is Freud’s representation of incorporating the distinction between right and wrong.
              a)   ego
            b)   id
            c)   superego
            d)   unconscious
 Answer: c  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-65. To Freud, “superego” and ________ are interchangeable terms.
              a)   conscience
            b)   ego
            c)   unconscious
            d)   conscious
 Answer: a  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-66. Freud believed that the ______ begins to develop around ages five or six and is learned from significant authority figures.
              a)   id
            b)   superego
            c)   conscious
            d)   ego
 Answer: b  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-67. According to Freud, a series of stages that children pass through in which pleasure, or gratification, is focused on a particular biological function and body part is called
              a)   psychosexual development.
            b)   the psychosexual approach.
            c)   the psychoanalytic theory.
            d)   the psychoanalytical approach.
 Answer: a  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-68. Adults demonstrating excessive activities such as eating, talking, or chewing gum may be experiencing a(n) __________ fixation.
              a)   anal
            b)   oral
            c)   phallic
            d)   psychosexual
 Answer: b  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-69. Thom is an adolescent who has an awareness of uniqueness of self and knowledge of roles to be followed. He can be said to have passed through Erikson’s ________ stage of psychosocial development.
              a)   trust vs. mistrust
            b)   initiative vs. guilt
            c)   industry vs. inferiority
            d)   identity vs. role diffusion
 Answer: d  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-70. Kimberly is a young woman who has a fear of relationships with others. She can be said to have had a negative outcome in Erikson’s ________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       initiative vs. guilt
b)       autonomy vs. shame and doubt
c)       intimacy vs. isolation
d)      generativity vs. isolation
 Answer: c  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-71. As Warren looks back over his long life, he feels a sense of unity in his life’s accomplishments. He can be said to be in Erikson’s  ________ stage of psychosocial development.
 a)       industry vs. inferiority
b)       ego-integrity vs. despair
c)       identity vs. role diffusion
d)      generativity vs. stagnation
 Answer: b  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-72. Suri identifies with her mother as a role model. She has passed through Freud’s _______
stage of psychosexual development.
              a)   anal
            b)   oral
            c)   phallic
            d)   latent
 Answer: c  Page: 15 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-73. Freud believed that if children are unable to gratify themselves in a particular stage of development, or if they are over-gratified in a particular stage of development, ______ may occur.
              a)   fixation
            b)   conflict
            c)   stages
            d)   patterns
 Answer: a  Page: 16 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-74. Psychoanalyst ________ provided an alternative psychodynamic view in his theory of psychosocial development.
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Freud
            c)   Erikson
            d)   Piaget
 Answer: c  Page: 16 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-75. Erikson proposed a ____________ theory, which emphasized that society and culture influence and shape us.
              a)   psychosocial
            b)   psychodynamic
            c)   psychoanalytic
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: a  Page: 16 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-76. Erikson’s psychosocial theory of development proposes ________ distinct stages.
              a)   3
            b)   5
            c)   8
            d)   2
 Answer: c  Page: 16 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-77. Erikson argued that each of his stages presents a(n) ________ that the individual must resolve.
              a)   crisis
            b)   fixation
            c)   dilemma
            d)   interaction
 Answer: a  Page: 16 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-78. Erikson’s theory differs from Freud’s in that Erikson believed that development
 a)      is completed in infancy.
b)      is completed in early childhood.
c)      is completed by adolescence.
            d)   continues throughout the lifespan.
 Answer: d  Page: 16 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-79. The __________ ________ suggests that keys to understanding development are observable actions and outside stimuli in the environment.
              a)   psychodynamic perspective
            b)   behavioral perspective
            c)   psychoanalytic theory
            d)   psychosocial theory
 Answer: b  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-80. ________ theories assume that people are affected by the environmental stimuli to which they are exposed, and developmental change is
              a)   Psychodynamic; qualitative.
            b)   Psychosocial; quantitative.
            c)   Developmental; qualitative.
            d)   Behavioral; quantitative.
 Answer: d  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-81. A type of learning in which an organism responds in a particular way to a neutral stimulus that normally does not bring about that type of response is called
              a)   classical conditioning.
            b)   behavioral perspective.
            c)   operant conditioning.
            d)   psychodynamic approach.
 Answer: a  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-82. A form of learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences is called
              a)   behavioral perspective.
            b)   psychodynamic perspective.
            c)   operant conditioning.
            d)   classical conditioning.
 Answer: c  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-83. Who was one of the first American psychologists to advocate a behavioral approach to development?
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Watson
            c)   Piaget
            d)   Erikson
 Answer: b  Page: 17 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-84. Judy was bitten by a small brown and white dog when she was a little girl, and now every time she sees a small dog approaching her, she is fearful.  Watson would say that Judy’s reaction is a result of _________ conditioning.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   classical
            c)   reinforcement
            d)   psychosocial
 Answer: b  Page: 17 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-85. ________ ________ is a form of learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences.
              a)   Classical conditioning
            b)   Social-cognitive learning
            c)   Operant conditioning
            d)   Psychodynamic learning
 Answer: c  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-86. _________ conditioning, in which the response being conditioned is voluntary and purposeful, differs from _________ conditioning, where the response is automatic.
              a)   Social-cognitive; operant
            b)   Operant; classical
            c)   Classical; operant
            d)   Operant; social-cognitive
 Answer: b  Page: 17 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-87. Operant conditioning was formulated and championed by
              a)   Freud.
            b)   Skinner.
            c)   Bandura.
            d)   Rogers.
 Answer:  b Page: 17  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-88. Behavior modification depends upon what principle?
              a)   operant conditioning
            b)   social-cognitive conditioning
            c)   classical conditioning
            d)   stimulus conditioning
 Answer: a  Page: 17 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-89. Susan learned at a young age that developing good study habits, such as doing her homework, brought about good grades, and made her want to work harder in school.  This type of behavior is called
              a)   learning theory.
            b)   classical conditioning.
            c)   reinforcement.
            d)   social-cognitive.
 Answer: c  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-90. Roger likes to buy lottery tickets regularly because he occasionally wins. This is an example of ________ behavior.
              a)   reinforcement
            b)   classical conditioning
            c)   operant conditioning
            d)   social-cognitive
 Answer: a  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-91. The introduction of an unpleasant or painful stimulus, or the removal of a desirable stimulus that decreases the probability that a preceding behavior will occur in the future is considered ________ learning.
              a)   classical
            b)   punishment
            c)   social-cognitive
            d)   reinforcement
 Answer: b  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-92. Alice used to do her math homework regularly and studied hard for tests although she continued to have difficulty getting passing grades; disheartened, Alice began to put less effort into her math homework, and eventually she failed math.  This is an example of what type of behavior?
              a)   reinforcement
            b)   classical
            c)   social-cognitive
            d)   punishment
 Answer: d  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-93. Behavior that receives no reinforcement or is punished is likely to be
              a)   continued.
            b)   intermittent.
            c)   extinguished.
            d)   accelerated.
 Answer: c  Page: 18 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-94. ______ _______ is a formal technique for promoting the frequency of desirable behaviors and decreasing the incidence of unwanted ones.
              a)   Punishment modification
            b)   Reinforcement modification
            c)   Classical modification
            d)   Behavior modification
 Answer: d  Page: 18 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-95. What is the learning approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called modeling?
              a)   classical conditioning
            b)   behavior modification
            c)   social-cognitive learning
            d)   operant conditioning
 Answer: c  Page: 18 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-96. Ralph watches the other kindergarten students receive stickers and other rewards from the teacher for sitting at their desks and completing their work.  Soon, Ralph begins to behave like the other kindergarten students.  This is what type of learning?
              a)   modeling
            b)   reinforcement
            c)   extinction
            d)   imitation
 Answer: a  Page: 18 Level: Easy  Type: Applied
 1-97. Which developmental psychologist developed an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person, called a model?
              a)   Skinner
            b)   Freud
            c)   Bandura
            d)   Watson
 Answer: c  Page: 18 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-98. According to classical and operant conditioning, with their “black box” analyses, people and other organisms’ behavior and learning are understood in terms of ________, _______ stimuli.
              a)   insignificant; external
            b)   observable; external
            c)   significant; internal
            d)   unobservable; internal
 Answer: b  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-99. Social-cognitive learning theorists argue that the difference between people and animals is the occurrence of
              a)   classical conditioning.
            b)   operant conditioning.
            c)   mental activity.
            d)   reinforcement/punishment.
 Answer: c  Page: 18 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-100. Which form of the behavioral perspective learning styles has come to a predominant position in recent decades and is based on learning through imitation?
              a)   classical
            b)   social-cognitive theory
            c)   operant
            d)   reinforcement
 Answer: b  Page: 18 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-101. __________ focuses on the processes that allow people to know, understand, and think about the world.
              a)   Classical conditioning
            b)   The behavioral perspective
            c)   Operant conditioning
            d)   The cognitive perspective
 Answer: d  Page: 19 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-102. The approach that focuses on the processes that allow people to know, understand, and think about the world is called the
              a)   psychoanalytic approach.
            b)   theoretical approach.
            c)   cognitive perspective.
            d)   analytical perspective.
 Answer: c  Page: 19 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-103. Who is considered the predominant theorist in cognitive development?
            a)   Piaget
            b)   Skinner
            c)   Bandura
            d)   Freud
 Answer: a  Page: 19 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-104. _________ is(are) a theory of how human thinking is organized into mental patterns that represent behaviors and actions.
              a)   Assimilation
            b)   Schemes
            c)   Accommodation
            d)   Assessments
 Answer: b  Page: 19 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-105. Piaget’s two basic principles of growth in children’s understanding of the world are
              a)   reward and punishment.
            b)   schemas and assessment.
            c)   assimilation and accommodation.
            d)   cognitive and behavior.
 Answer: c  Page: 19 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-106. What did Piaget call the process in which people understand an experience in terms of their current stage of cognitive development and way of thinking?
              a)   cognition
            b)   accommodation
            c)   schemes
            d)   assimilation
 Answer: d  Page: 19 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-107. What did Piaget call the process in which changes occur in the existing way a child thinks in response to encounters with new stimuli or events?
              a)   assimilation                                            
            b)   accommodation
            c)   cognition
            d)   schemes
 Answer: b  Page: 19 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-108. What has become an important alternative to Piagetian approaches?
              a)   behavioral modification
            b)   classical conditioning
            c)   information processing
            d)   social-cognitive learning
 Answer: c  Page: 20 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-109. Which type of approach grew out of the development of electronic processing of information, where even complex behavior such as learning, remembering, categorizing, and thinking can be broken down into a series of individual, specific steps?
              a)   information processing
            b)   social-cognitive learning
            c)   classical conditioning
            d)   behavioral modification
 Answer: a  Page: 20 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-110. Piaget’s view assumes that thinking undergoes ________ advances, but the information-processing approach assumes that development is marked by ________ advantages.
              a)   quantitative; qualitative
            b)   quantitative; discontinuous
            c)   qualitative; quantitative
            d)   continuous; discontinuous
 Answer: c  Page: 20  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-111. An information processing approach that builds on Piaget’s research is known as _______ theory because it considers cognition as made up of different types of individual skills.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   operant
            c)   classical
            d)   neo-Piagetian
 Answer: d  Page: 20 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-112. What learning model seeks to identify the ways individuals take in, use, and store information?
              a)   Piaget
            b)   neo-Piaget
            c)   information processing
            d)   social-cognitive
 Answer: c  Page: 20 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-113. What approach builds on Piaget’s research, and views cognition as made up of different types of individual skills, while using terminology from information processing approaches?
              a)   neo-Piagetian
            b)   information processing
            c)   social-cognitive learning theory
            d)   cognitive perspective
 Answer: a  Page: 20 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-114. What aspect(s) of development are NOT adequately addressed by the information-processing approach?
              a)   creativity and social/cultural development
            b)   continuous and discontinuous growth
            c)   qualitative vs. quantitative development
            d)   Piagetian vs. neo-Piagetian theory
 Answer: a  Page: 20 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-115. What type of developmental approach is cutting edge and at the forefront of research when working with genes associated with mental health disorders such as autism and schizophrenia?
              a)   behavior modification
            b)   social-cognitive
            c)   cognitive neuroscience
            d)   neo-Piagetian
 Answer: c  Page: 21 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-116. Which developmental approach looks at cognitive development through the lens of brain processes by considering internal mental processes focused on the neurological activity that underlies thinking, problem solving, and cognitive behavior?
              a)   neo-Piagetian
            b)   behavioral
            c)   information-processing
            d)   cognitive neuroscience
 Answer: d  Page: 21 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-117. What approach examines cognitive development through the lens of brain processes?
              a)   humanistic
            b)   cognitive neuroscience
            c)   neo-Piaget
            d)   Piaget
 Answer: b  Page: 21 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-118. What theory contends that people have a natural capacity to make decisions about their lives?
              a)   psychoanalytic
            b)   behavioral
            c)   humanistic
            d)   social-cognitive learning theory
 Answer: c  Page: 21 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-119. The ________ perspective contends that people have a natural capacity to control their behavior.
              a)   behavioral
            b)   social-cognitive
            c)   cognitive neuroscience
            d)   humanistic
 Answer: d  Page: 21 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-120. According to this perspective, the ability of humans to make choices and come to decisions about their lives is called
              a)   free will.
            b)   societal standards.
            c)   positive regard.
            d)   self-actualization.
 Answer: a  Page: 21 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-121. Who was a major proponent of the humanistic perspective and suggested that all people need positive regard that results from an underlying wish to be loved and respected?
              a)   Bandura
            b)   Rogers
            c)   Maslow
            d)   Freud
 Answer: b  Page: 22 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-122. Which theorist(s) championed the idea of self-actualization?
              a)   Freud and Erikson
            b)   Skinner and Piaget
            c)   Rogers and Maslow
            d)   Bandura
 Answer: c  Page: 22 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-123. Eleanor Roosevelt, Abraham Lincoln, and Albert Einstein are used as examples of
              a)   self-actualization.
            b)   social role.
            c)   social causation.
            d)   self-efficacy.
 Answer: a  Page: 22 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-124. Which perspective considers the relationship between individuals and their physical, cognitive, personality, and social worlds?
              a)   humanistic
            b)   contextual
            c)   cognitive
            d)   behavioral
 Answer: b  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-125. What is the theory that considers the relationship between individuals and their physical, cognitive, personality, and social worlds?
              a)   social-cognitive learning theory
            b)   cognitive neuroscience
            c)   contextual perspective
            d)   bioecological perspective
 Answer: c  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-126. What is the perspective that suggests that different levels of the environment simultaneously influence individuals?
              a)   cognitive neuroscience
            b)   humanistic perspective
            c)   contextual perspective
            d)   bioecological approach
 Answer: d  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-127. Which perspective contains the two major theories of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach and Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory?
              a)   cognitive
            b)   humanistic
            c)   behavioral
            d)   contextual
 Answer: d  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-128. Which of Bronfenbrenner’s levels addresses the everyday, immediate environment in which children lead their daily lives?
              a)   mesosystem
            b)   exosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: c  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-129. Which approach to development suggests that there are five levels of the environment that simultaneously influence individuals?
              a)   Piaget’s cognitive approach
            b)   Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach
            c)   Skinner’s behavioral approach
            d)   Freud’s psychoanalytical approach
 Answer: b  Page: 22 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-130. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels provides the connections between the various aspects of the person’s life, like links in a chain, to bind children to parents, students to teachers, employees to bosses, and friends to friends?
              a)   exosystem
            b)   mesosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: b  Page: 22 - 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-131. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents broader influences, including societal institutions such as local government, community, schools, places of worship, and the local media?
              a)   microsystem
            b)   macrosystem
            c)   mesosystem
            d)   exosystem
 Answer: d  Page: 22 - 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-132. Jose and Maria are preparing for the arrival of their first child, and are considering moving from their small rural town to a larger city to gain access to more social services, better schools, and a greater variety of local newspapers and television stations.  This is an example of which of Bronfenbrenner’s five levels?  
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   exosystem
            c)   microsystem
            d)   mesosystem
 Answer: b  Page: 22 - 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-133. Which of the Bronfenbrenner’s five levels represents the larger cultural influences on an individual?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   mesosystem
 Answer: a  Page: 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-134. Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach suggests that society, types of governments, religious value systems, political value systems, and other broad factors are parts of what system?
              a)   mesosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   macrosystem
 Answer: d  Page: 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-135. Within Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach, which system underlies each of his system levels and involves the way the passage of time, including historical events, affects children’s development?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   microsystem
            c)   chronosystem
            d)   exosystem
 Answer: c  Page: 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-136. A historical event, such as the terrorist attacks in New  York in September of 2001, would be considered by Bronfenbrenner to fall within which system?
              a)   macrosystem
            b)   mesosystem
            c)   exosystem
            d)   chronosystem
 Answer: d  Page: 23 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-137. What term refers to the notion that the well-being of the group is more important than that of the individual?
              a)   individualism
            b)   humanistic
            c)   collectivism
            d)   bioecological approach
 Answer: c  Page: 24 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-138. The development of the sociocultural theory is attributed to
              a)   Skinner.
            b)   Bandura.
            c)   Vygotsky
            d)   Bronfenbrenner.
 Answer: c  Page: 24 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-139. Which theory emphasizes how cognitive development proceeds as a result of social interactions between members of a culture?
              a)   interconnectedness
            b)   sociocultural
            c)   bioecological
            d)   contextual
 Answer: b  Page: 24 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-140. Who was one of the first to recognize, acknowledge the importance of, and help us understand the importance of culture’s influence on development?
              a)   Rogers
            b)   Bandura
            c)   Vygotsky
            d)   Bronfenbrenner
 Answer: c  Pages: 24-25 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-141. The concept of “reciprocal transaction” is attributed to which developmentalist and theory?
            a)   Vygotsky; sociocultural
            b)   Freud; psychoanalytic
            c)   Skinner: behavioral
            d)   Rogers; humanistic
 Answer: a  Page: 24 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-142. Which perspective seeks to identify behavior that is the result of our genetic inheritance from our ancestors?
              a)   evolutionary
            b)   cognitive neuroscience
            c)   bioecological
            d)   humanistic
 Answer: a  Page: 25 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-143. Who wrote the groundbreaking work titled On the Origin of Species and is responsible for the birth of the evolutionary perspective?
              a)   Bronfenbrenner
            b)   Vygotsky
            c)   Darwin
            d)   Lorenz
 Answer: c  Page: 25 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-144. The evolutionary perspective draws from the field of ethology, which examines the ways in which our biological makeup can influence our behavior. Who is/was a primary proponent of ethology?
              a)   Darwin
            b)   Vygotsky
            c)   Bronfenbrenner
            d)   Lorenz
 Answer: d  Page: 25 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-145. What is one of the fastest growing areas within the field of lifespan development, and studies the effects of heredity on behavior?
              a)   ethology
            b)   evolutionary perspective
            c)   behavioral genetics
            d)   sociocultural theory
 Answer: c  Page: 25 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-146. What is the name of the process of posing and answering questions using careful, controlled techniques that include systematic, orderly observation and the collection of data?
              a)   theories
            b)   hypotheses
            c)   scientific method
            d)   research
 Answer: c  Page: 28 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-147. What is the term that means a broad explanation and prediction about phenomena of interest?
              a)   scientific method
            b)   theory
            c)   hypothesis
            d)   research
 Answer: b  Page: 28 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-148. A _______ is a prediction stated in a way that permits it to be tested.
              a)   hypothesis
            b)   theory
            c)   conclusion
            d)   scientific method
 Answer: a  Page: 28 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-149. What type of evidence is based on careful, systematic procedures?
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   anecdotal
            d)   unethical
 Answer: a  Page: 28 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-150. In _________ research, the researcher can tell if an association or relationship between two factors exists.
              a)   scientific
            b)   correlational
            c)   hypothetical
            d)   experimental
 Answer: b  Page: 29 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-151. ________ research is designed to discover causal relationships between various factors.
              a)   Correlational
            b)   Hypothetical
            c)   Experimental
            d)   Scientific
 Answer: c  Page: 29 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-152. Researchers who are interested in the relationship between televised aggression and subsequent behavior have found that children who watch a good deal of televised aggression (murders, crime shows, shootings, etc.) tend to be more aggressive than those who watch little of this type of television programming.  This is an example of a(n) ____________ study.
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   theoretical
            d)   correlational
 Answer: d  Page: 29 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-153. What is the observation of a naturally occurring behavior, without intervention in the situation?
              a)   correlational
            b)   ethnography
            c)   naturalistic observation
            d)   experimental
 Answer: c  Page: 31 Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-154. What is the method of research borrowed from the field of anthropology and used to investigate cultural questions?
              a)   ethnography
            b)   case study
            c)   natural observation
            d)   experimentation
 Answer: a  Page: 31 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-155. Mary is researching the causes of alcohol use among college students, so she goes to live in a college dorm for a month to observe students and conduct in-depth interviews. This is an example of what type of research?
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey research
 Answer: b  Page: 31 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-156. What is the method of research that involves extensive, in-depth interviews with a particular individual or small group of individuals?
              a)   experimentation
            b)   case study
            c)   natural observation
            d)   ethnography
 Answer: b  Page: 31 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-157. William is participating along with a group of adolescents trying to lose weight.  One of his assignments is to keep a diary of his food intake and the times that he eats daily.  This can be considered an example of what type of research?
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey research
 Answer: c  Page: 31 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-158. Professor Smythe wants to conduct a study in a virtual charter school.  She wants to examine and describe the comparative differences on cognitive development in students attending the charter school with students attending more traditional schools.  Ultimately, she plans to describe what, if any, changes are occurring, and why the changes create social difficulty.  This is an example of what type of research?
              a)   quantitative
            b)   survey
            c)   naturalistic observation
            d)   qualitative
 Answer: d  Page: 31 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-159. In order to learn about children’s toy preferences, researchers interview children at a local preschool and base their inferences on the children’s responses. This is an example of _______ research.
              a)   experimental
            b)   ethnography
            c)   case study
            d)   survey
 Answer: d  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-160. When a group of people are chosen to represent a larger population and are asked about their attitudes, behaviors, or thinking on a given topic, this is considered _________ research.
              a)   ethnography
            b)   case study
            c)   experimental
            d)   survey
 Answer: d  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-161. The device that uses electrodes placed on the outside of the skull to record electrical activity within the brain, and is used in psychophysiological research, is called a(n) __________.
              a)   CAT scan
            b)   fMRI scan
            c)   EEG
            d)   experience
 Answer: c  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-162. The device where a computer constructs an image of the brain by combining thousands of individual x-rays taken at slightly different angles is called a(n) _________.
              a)   CAT scan
            b)   EEG
            c)   psychophysiological
            d)   fMRI scan
 Answer: a  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-163. The device that provides a detailed, three-dimensional computer-generated image of brain activity by aiming a powerful magnetic field at the brain is called a(n) ______.
              a)   EEG
            b)   psychophysiological
            c)   CAT scan
            d)   fMRI scan
 Answer: d  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-164. When an investigator typically devises two different conditions and then studies and compares the outcomes of the participants exposed to those two different conditions in order to see how behavior is affected, this is called a(n)
              a)   hypothesis.
            b)   experiment.
            c)   theory.
            d)   treatment.
 Answer: b  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-165. Researchers conduct an experiment in which one group is exposed to Treatment A and the other group is exposed to Treatment B. If the group exposed to Treatment A is designated as the treatment group, the group exposed to Treatment B is the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   control group.
            d)   treatment group.
 Answer: c  Page: 32 Level: Difficult  Type: Applied
 1-166. What is the type of research method that focuses on the relationship between physiological processes and behavior?
              a)   psychophysiological
            b)   ethnography
            c)   experimental
            d)   case study
 Answer: a  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-167. The group of participants chosen to receive the independent variable is called a(n)
              a)   control group.
            b)   experimental group.
            c)   statistical group.
            d)   sample.
 Answer: d  Page: 32 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-168. In an experiment, the ______ _____ is what researchers manipulate.
              a)   experimental control
            b)   independent variable
            c)   control group
            d)   dependent variable
 Answer: b  Page: 33 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-169. Researchers conduct an experiment in which one group is exposed to Treatment A and the other group is exposed to Treatment B. The treatments are the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   control group.
            d)   treatment group.
 Answer: a  Page: 33 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-170. In an experiment where researchers manipulate the ______, the variable that the researchers measure to see if it changes is the ______.
              a)   dependent variable; independent variable
            b)   independent variable; dependent variable
            c)   control group; treatment group
            d)   treatment group; control group
 Answer: b  Page: 33 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-171. In an experiment, the ________ is what researchers measure and expect to change as a result of manipulation.
              a)   treatment group
            b)   independent variable
            c)   control group
            d)   dependent variable
 Answer: d  Page: 33 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-172. The procedure that experimenters need to use to make sure that participants in both the treatment and control groups are not aware of the purpose of the experiment is known as the
              a)   independent variable.
            b)   dependent variable.
            c)   random assignment.
            d)   statistical law.
 Answer: c  Page: 33 Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-173. What technique ensures that personal characteristics that might affect the outcome of the experiment are divided proportionally among the participants in the different groups, making groups equivalent?
              a)   dependent variables
            b)   random assignment
            c)   independent variables
            d)   statistics
 Answer: b  Page: 33 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-174. Using a real-world setting for an experiment is the hallmark of a(n)
              a)   field study.
            b)   control group.
            c)   experimental group.
            d)   sample group.
 Answer: a  Page: 34 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-175. What kind of research investigation is conducted in a controlled setting explicitly designed to hold events constant?
              a)   control group
            b)   experimental group
            c)   field study
            d)   laboratory study
 Answer: d  Pages: 34-35 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-176. What type of research is designed specifically to test some developmental explanation and expand scientific knowledge?
              a)   experimental
            b)   hypothetical
            c)   theoretical
            d)   applied
 Answer: c  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-177. What type of research is designed to provide practical solutions to immediate problems?
              a)   hypothetical
            b)   applied
            c)   experimental
            d)   theoretical
 Answer: b  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-178. If the focus of a research study is to examine the ways in which college professors can help students to remember information more easily, such as a study would represent ________ research.
              a)   applied
            b)   experimental
            c)   theoretical
            d)   hypothetical
 Answer: a  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-179. If a researcher was interested in learning how children’s moral development changes between the ages of 3 and 5, the researcher may follow them until they are 5, testing them periodically.  This research strategy is known as _________ research.
              a)   developmental
            b)   longitudinal
            c)   sequential
            d)   cross-sectional
 Answer: b  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-180. When the behavior of one or more study participants is measured as they age, this is called ________ research.
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   developmental
            c)   cross-sectional
            d)   sequential
 Answer: a  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-181. In a study of the behavioral adjustment of a group of children placed in foster care, the children were assessed once a year over a period of 10 years. This is an example of a ______ study.  
              a)   cross-sectional
            b)   developmental
            c)   longitudinal
            d)   sequential
 Answer: c  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-182. If the focus of a research study is to examine the ways in which elementary school teachers can help children to remember information more easily, such as a study would represent ________ research.
            a)   applied
            b)   experimental
            c)   theoretical
            d)   hypothetical
 Answer: a  Page: 35 Level: Medium  Type: Applied
 1-183. What is the type of research in which people of different ages are compared at the same point in time?
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   sequential
            c)   developmental
            d)   cross-sectional
 Answer: d  Page: 37 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-184. Which type of research study is a compromise technique that essentially examines a number of different age groups at several points in time, and permits developmental researchers to tease out the consequences of age change versus age difference?
              a)   longitudinal
            b)   sequential
            c)   cross-sectional
            d)   experimental
 Answer: b  Page: 37 Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-185. What kind of evidence is based on one or two instances of a phenomenon, haphazardly discovered or encountered?
              a)   scientific
            b)   experimental
            c)   anecdotal
            d)   unethical
 Answer: c  Page: 39 Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
  ESSAY QUESTIONS
 1-186. For which issues do lifespan developmental experts seek information?
 Answer: Lifespan development experts study the way human beings change and grow, and how this process continues through the lifetime. Lifespan developmental experts seek to understand universal principals of development, and cultural, racial, and ethnic differences that affect the course of human development.  They seek to understand the unique aspects of individuals, looking at traits and characteristics that differentiate one person from another.
 Page: 4  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-187. Explain the differences between how a developmentalist who is specializing in personality and a developmentalist who is specializing in social development go about their work.
 Answer: A developmentalist interested in personality development might ask whether there are stable, enduring personality traits throughout the lifespan, while a specialist in social development might examine the effects of marriage or divorce on development.
 Page: 6  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-188. Lifespan is usually divided into which specific broad-age ranges?
 Answer: Prenatal Period (conception to birth); Infancy and toddlerhood (birth to age 3); Preschool Period (ages 3-6) Middle Childhood (ages 6-12); Adolescence (ages 12-20); Young Adulthood (ages 20-40); Middle Adulthood (ages 40-60); and Late Adulthood (age 60 to death).
 Pages: 6 - 7  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-189. Briefly explain the differences between the terms “race” and “ethnic group.”
 Answer: Race is a biological concept, which should be employed to refer to classifications based on physical and structural characteristics of species.  In contrast, ethnic group and ethnicity are broader terms, referring to cultural background, nationality, religion, and language.
 Page: 8  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-190. Explain the three different types of cohort effects.
 Answer: History-graded influences are biological and environmental influences associated with a particular historical moment in time.  Age-graded influences are biological and environmental influences that are similar for individuals in a particular age group, regardless of when or where they are raised (ex., puberty and menopause).  Sociocultural-graded influences are the social and cultural factors present at a particular time for a particular individual dependent upon such variables as ethnicity, social class, and subcultural membership.
 Pages: 9 - 10  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-191. Identify the four important issues of lifespan development that have been debated since lifespan development became established as a separate field.
 Answer: 1) Continuity versus discontinuity; 2) The importance of critical periods; 3) Whether to focus on certain periods or on the entire life span; and 4) The nature versus nurture controversy.
 Pages: 10 - 13  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-192. Provide reasons why today’s developmentalists believe the entire life span is important.
 Answer: 1) The discovery that developmental growth and change continue during every part of life. 2) A person’s social environment is affected by the influences on his/her social environments.  3) Paul Baltes points out that development across the lifespan involves both gains and losses.  People also change how they invest their resources (motivation, energy, and time) at different points during the life span.
 Pages: 10 - 12  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-193. Provide reason(s) why Freud’s principles of psychoanalytic theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) Lack of validation by subsequent research, in particular, the idea that people pass through stages in childhood that determine adult personality; 2) Freud’s theory was based on a limited population of upper-middle-class Austrians living in a strict, puritanical era, and the application of Freud’s theory to a broad, multicultural population is questionable; 3) Freud’s theory focuses primarily on male development, has been criticized as sexist and may be interpreted as devaluing women.
 Pages: 14 - 16  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-194. Provide reasons why Erikson’s principles of psychosocial theory have been called into question.
 Answer: 1) Erikson’s theory focuses more on men than women’s development; 2) The theory is vague, in some aspects making it difficult for researchers to test; and 3) This theory makes it difficult to make predictions about an individual’s behavior.
 Page: 16  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-195. List and briefly explain three types of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: 1) Classical conditioning occurs when an organism learns to respond to a neutral stimulus that normally does not evoke that type of response; 2) Operant conditioning is learning in which a voluntary response is strengthened or weakened by its association with positive or negative consequences; 3) Social-cognitive learning theory is an approach that emphasizes learning by observing the behavior of another person called a model.
 Pages: 17 - 18  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-196. Briefly explain why developmental researchers would employ the cognitive perspective.
 Answer: The cognitive perspective emphasizes how people internally represent and think about their world.  The cognitive perspective would help researchers understand how people process information and how thinking and understanding affect their behavior.  It also gives insight into how people’s cognitive abilities change, both quantitatively and qualitatively, as people develop, and sheds light on how cognitive abilities are related to one another.
 Page: 19  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-197. What is the greatest criticism of the Piagetian perspective?
 Answer: The greatest criticism is that cognitive development is not as discontinuous as represented in Piaget’s four distinct stage theory.  Other researchers argue that growth is more continuous, e.g., as in the information processing approach that focuses on learning, memory, and thinking throughout a life span.
 Page: 20  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-198. Provide insight as to why the humanistic perspective has not had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: The lack of influence by the humanistic perspective is primarily due to its inability to identify a broad developmental change that is the result of increasing age or experience.
 Page:  22  Level: Medium Type: Conceptual
 1-199. Briefly explain Bronfenbrenner’s first level of his bioecological approach.
 Answer: The first level of Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach is the microsystem, which includes the home, caregivers, friends, and teachers who all influence the child’s microsystem.
 Page: 22  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-200. Briefly explain why Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological approach emphasizes the interconnectedness of the influences on development.  Give an example.
 Answer: Because the levels of the bioecological approach are related to one another, a change in one part of the system affects other part of the system.  Example: A parent’s loss of employment can impact a child’s microsystem.
 Page: 23  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-201. Why has Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory become increasingly influential?
 Answer: The reason is the growing acknowledgment of the importance of cultural factors in development. Children do not develop in a cultural vacuum, and their attention is directed by society to certain areas which affect what particular skills they develop.
 Pages: 24 - 25  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-202. Provide some criticism of the evolutionary perspectives.
 Answer: 1) The evolutionary perspective pays insufficient attention to the environmental and social factors affecting people’s behavior; and 2) There is no good way experimentally to test theories derived from the evolutionary approach because they happened a long time ago.
 Page: 25  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-203. Briefly list and describe the 3 major steps of the scientific method.
 Answer: 1) identifying questions of interest; 2) formulating an explanation; and 3) carrying out research that either lends support to the explanation or refutes it.
 Page: 28  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-204. Briefly describe some of the hallmarks that distinguish a field study.
 Answer: 1) A field study is research carried out in a naturally-occurring setting; 2) Field studies capture behavior in real-life settings where participants may behave more naturally than they would if they were brought into a laboratory; 3) Field studies may be used in both correlational studies and experiments; 4) It is often difficult to run an experiment in real-world settings where it is hard to exert control over the situation and environment; 5) Field studies are more typical of correlational designs than experimental designs.
 Page: 34  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
 1-205. Briefly describe some drawbacks of utilizing longitudinal research studies.
 Answer: 1) Longitudinal research requires a tremendous investment of time as researchers wait for participants to grow older; 2) Participants drop out over the course of the research because they may move away, become ill, or die as the research proceeds; 3) Participants may become “test wise” and perform better each time they are assessed as they become more familiar with the procedure; 4) Experimental participants may be affected by the repeated presence of an experimenter or observer.
 Page: 36  Level: Difficult  Type: Conceptual
  TRUE/FALSE
 1-206. Despite individual and specific differences, each and every one of us is traversing the territory known as lifespan development.
 Answer: True  Page: 4  Level: Easy   Type: Factual
 1-207. Louise Brown’s conception in the lab is not one of the brave new worlds of the twenty-first century.
 Answer: False  Page: 4  Level: Easy  Type: Conceptual
 1-208. Specialists in lifespan development share one concern: understanding the growth and change that occur during the course of life.
 Answer: True  Page: 5  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-209. Developmentalists study how both our biological inheritance and the environment in which we live jointly affect our behavior.
 Answer: True  Page: 5  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-210. All developmental specialists acknowledge that neither heredity nor environment alone can account for the full range of human development and change.
 Answer: True  Page: 5  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-211. Lifespan development is the field of study that examines patterns of growth, change, and stability in behavior that occurs throughout the entire lifespan.
 Answer: True  Page: 5  Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-212. Lifespan developmentalists believe that people continue to grow and change in every aspect of their lives up to the end of their lives.
 Answer: False  Pages: 5 - 6  Level: Medium  Type: Conceptual
 1-213. The age ranges within a period – and even the periods themselves – are steadfast and unchanging.
 Answer: False  Pages: 6 - 7 Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-214. All age ranges have clear-cut boundaries.
 Answer: False  Pages: 6 - 7 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-215. All people reach their developmental milestones at the exact same time.
 Answer: False  Pages: 6 - 7  Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-216. Different cultures and subcultures have their own views of appropriate and inappropriate childrearing just as they have different developmental goals for their children.
 Answer:  True  Page: 8 Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-217. The terms “race” and “ethnic group” are interchangeable.
 Answer: False  Page: 8  Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-218. In the years ahead, it is likely that lifespan development will move from a discipline primarily focused on North American and Europe to encompass development around the globe.
 Answer: True  Page: 9  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-219. None of the nurture influences may be biological.
 Answer: False  Page: 12  Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-220. Developmentalists reject the notion that behavior is the sole result of either nature or nurture.
 Answer: True  Page: 12  Level: Easy  Type: Factual
 1-221. Intelligence is solely determined by inherited, genetic factors.
 Answer: False  Page: 13  Level: Difficult  Type: Factual
 1-222. Erikson believed that each of the 8 stages of psychosocial development must be addressed in order to move on to the next stage.
 Answer: True  Page: 16  Level: Medium Type: Factual
 1-223. Freud and Erikson agreed that development is relatively complete by adolescence.
 Answer: False  Page: 16  Level: Medium Type: Factual
 1-224. Classical conditioning is the only type of learning derived from the behavioral perspective.
 Answer: False  Page: 17  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-225. By and large, based upon thousands of investigations, Piaget’s broad view of the sequence of cognitive development is accurate.
 Answer: True  Page: 19  Level: Easy Type: Factual
 1-226. Using information-processing terminology, neo-Piagetian theory suggests that cognitive development proceeds at the same rate for all areas (i.e., reading vs. abstract computational abilities).
 Answer: False  Page: 20  Level: Medium Type: Factual
 1-227. The humanistic perspective has had a major impact upon the field of lifespan development.
 Answer: False  Pages: 21 - 22  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-228. In Bronfenbrenner’s first of his five levels of bioecological approach, the child has an active role in shaping his/her environment.
 Answer: True  Page: 22  Level: Medium Type: Factual
 1-229. Some evolutionary developmentalists suggest that behaviors such as shyness and jealousy are produced in part by genetic causes because they helped increase the survival rates of humans’ ancient relatives.
 Answer: True  Page: 25   Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-230. All claims and theories derived from the various perspectives are accurate.
 Answer: False  Page: 28  Level: Medium Type: Factual
 1-231. A correlational study can conclude that the viewing of television aggression causes more aggressive behavior in children.
 Answer: False  Page: 29  Level: Medium  Type: Factual
 1-232. In an experiment, one group, the treatment or experimental group, is exposed to the treatment variable being studied; and the other, the control group, is not.
 Answer: True  Page: 32  Level: Easy Type: Factual
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Developing Person Through Childhood and Adolescence 10th Edition - True - False
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   1.
The  science of human development examines how, but not why, people change over  time.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  2.
The  purpose of the scientific method is to conduct research that will only  support researchers' hypotheses.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  3.
A  research question becomes a hypothesis when it is stated as a prediction that  can be tested.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  4.
The  conclusions of a scientific study are based on whether the evidence supports  or refutes the hypothesis.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  5.
If  Dr. Hall conducts a study in the exact same way that Dr. Jeeves did but uses  different participants than Dr. Jeeves, Dr. Hall is demonstrating  replication.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  6.
Nature  is more important than nurture in how a trait or behavior is expressed.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  7.
The  influence of “nurture” begins at conception.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  8.
Since  starting school Sam had struggled with math. His teacher offered to help him  with math after school. Now Sam does well on his math assignments. The  example of Sam's teacher helping Sam with math to improve his math ability is  an example of how nature can influence development.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  9.
Today,  developmental science studies mostly young children and adolescents.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  10.
The  term “plasticity” refers to how a person's development is completely  determined by the environment.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  11.
Most  periods of development are critical periods.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  12.
Within  the context of Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems approach, a person's  immediate surroundings, such as family or peer group, are part of the  macrosystems level.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  13.
Individuals  in the same cohort are exposed to the same values, events, technologies, and  culture of the era.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  14.
The  cohort born between 1946 and 1964 is called the baby boom generation.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  15.
The  term cohort refers to individuals born in the same geographical region and  within the same social class.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  16.
Socioeconomic  status is also called social class.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  17.
Low  socioeconomic status can shorten a person's life expectancy.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  18.
Culture  refers to a system of shared beliefs, conventions, norms, behaviors, and  expectations.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  19.
The  difference-equals-deficit error may lead people to believe that their nation  or culture is better than others.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  20.
Race  and ethnicity are the same thing.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  21.
Scientists  believe that race is genetic.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  22.
Miguel  worked in the fields and did not learn how to read or write until he entered  school at age 13. It will take him longer to learn to read at age 13 than it  would have when he was younger.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  23.
A  positive correlation between how long parents stay when dropping off their  children at daycare and how long it takes their children to become engaged in  the toys and their friends means that longer parental lingering is associated  with longer delay in engagement by the children.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  24.
Developmental  researchers agree that nature is much more important than nurture in  determining psychological outcomes such as intelligence and personality.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  25.
According  to the dynamic-systems approach, human development is a static process.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  26.
Friends  Jill and Susan both experienced poverty as children. In addition, they were  raised by single parents and went to a poor quality school. By the time they  were in late adolescence Jill had dropped out of school and had two children.  Susan, in contrast, was academically ranked number one in her graduating  class and had a full academic scholarship to Harvard. This example  illustrates the concept of differential susceptibility.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  27.
The  main advantage of scientific observation as a research method is that it  allows the scientist to determine cause and effect.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  28.
In  an experiment, the group receiving the special treatment is referred to as  the comparison group.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  29.
The  purpose of a survey is to allow a researcher to collect data quickly from a  large population.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  30.
One  problem with the data from surveys is that participants may not tell the  truth.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  31.
Dr.  Tucker wanted to learn how aggression changed across development. He designed  a study in which he assessed aggression among 100 3-year-olds and then  reassessed aggression among these individuals every three years until the  participants were 21-year-olds. Dr. Tucker's research design was  cross-sectional.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  32.
In  longitudinal research, the same people are measured at multiple assessment  points over a period of time.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  33.
Cross-sequential  research is a combination of a cross-sectional approach and a longitudinal  approach.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  34.
When  two variables are not connected, the correlation between them is zero.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  35.
Most  research conducted on humans cannot begin without the approval of the  Institutional Review Board.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  36.
A  volunteer showed up to participate in Dr. Allen's research study. Dr. Allen  failed to inform the volunteer that her participation was voluntary. Dr.  Allen was being ethical in conducting the study, as sharing with the  volunteer that research participation is voluntary is not part of informed  consent.
 A)
True
 B)
False
  Answer Key
 1.
B
2.
B
3.
A
4.
A
5.
A
6.
B
7.
A
8.
B
9.
B
10.
B
11.
B
12.
B
13.
A
14.
A
15.
B
16.
A
17.
A
18.
A
19.
A
20.
B
21.
B
22.
A
23.
A
24.
B
25.
B
26.
A
27.
B
28.
B
29.
A
30.
A
31.
B
32.
A
33.
A
34.
A
35.
A
36.
B
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Developing Person Through Childhood and Adolescence 10th Edition - Multiple Choice
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   1.
What  does the science of human development seek to understand?
 A)
the  meaning of life
 B)
theories  that have not been subjected to scientific testing
 C)
the  works of Freud, Piaget, and Erikson
 D)
how  and why people change over time
  2.
Dr.  Furth wonders if a specific brain chemical can be suppressed if a patient is  given a large dose of vitamin E. Dr. Furth's question demonstrates the _____  step in the scientific method.
 A)
first
 B)
second
 C)
third
 D)
fourth
  3.
Dr.  Hernandez predicts that a certain drug will help patients with schizophrenia.  Her prediction is called _____.
 A)
a  conclusion
 B)
empirical  evidence
 C)
a  hypothesis
 D)
a  result
  4.
A  researcher designed and conducted an experiment to determine whether 350 mg  of a certain drug would help patients with bipolar disorder. By designing and  conducting this experiment, the researcher was able to _____.
 A)
draw  conclusions
 B)
demonstrate  proof
 C)
test  the hypothesis
 D)
confirm  the results
  5.
Dr.  Henderson is curious to know more about how children develop over time. To  avoid relying on opinion or personal bias, Dr. Henderson should _____.
 A)
use  the scientific method to collect data and establish facts
 B)
have  the children undergo psychoanalysis
 C)
talk  with many children's parents
 D)
read  Dr. Spock's book, Baby and Child Care
  6.
The  first step in the scientific method involves _____.
 A)
posing  a question
 B)
conducting  research
 C)
supporting  or refuting a hypothesis
 D)
developing  a hypothesis
  7.
The  second step in the scientific method involves _____.
 A)
posing  a question
 B)
conducting  research
 C)
developing  a hypothesis
 D)
sharing  the results
  8.
The  third step in the scientific method involves _____.
 A)
posing  a question
 B)
conducting  research
 C)
sharing  the results
 D)
developing  a hypothesis
  9.
The  fourth step in the scientific method involves _____.
 A)
posing  a question
 B)
conducting  research
 C)
developing  a hypothesis
 D)
supporting  or refuting a hypothesis
  10.
Empirical  evidence is based on _____.
 A)
theories  and speculation
 B)
observation,  experience, or experiment
 C)
inferences  based on personal biases
 D)
opinions  generated by several groups of people
  11.
After  posing a question, a researcher using the scientific method _____.
 A)
draws  conclusions
 B)
runs  an experiment
 C)
selects  a group of participants
 D)
develops  a hypothesis
  12.
The  final step in the five steps of the scientific method is to _____.
 A)
test  a hypothesis
 B)
pose  a question
 C)
conduct  research
 D)
report  the results
  13.
What  is a researcher's first step when designing a research study on children's  language acquisition?
 A)
recruit  children and their parents as participants in the study
 B)
develop  a hypothesis on the way language is acquired in children
 C)
pose  a research question about language acquisition
 D)
draw  conclusions on the way children acquire language
  14.
A  hypothesis is a(n) _____.
 A)
experiment
 B)
prediction  that can be tested
 C)
conclusion  drawn from research
 D)
replication  of a scientific study
  15.
What  is replication of a study?
 A)
the  repetition of a study using different participants
 B)
the  repetition of a study using the same participants
 C)
designing  a new study based on information from a previous study
 D)
designing  a new study using new ideas and information
  16.
Dr.  Kong does a study in which he finds that smoking is correlated with an  increased risk of high blood pressure. He publishes his results, and Dr. Meco  reads the report about the study. Then Dr. Meco does the same study using  different participants in another city. Dr. Meco's work is an example of  _____.
 A)
scientific  controversy
 B)
replication
 C)
ethics
 D)
observation
  17.
Dr.  Seldor does a study in which she finds that alcohol consumption is correlated  with an increased risk of diabetes. She publishes her results, and Dr.  Al-Jaher reads the report about the study. Then Dr. Al-Jaher does the same  study using different participants in another nation. Dr. Al-Jaher's work is  an example of _____.
 A)
scientific  controversy
 B)
replication
 C)
empirical  evidence
 D)
a  hypothesis
  18.
Parents  who spend a great deal of time and money trying to find the best school for  their children believe in the importance of _____ as it relates to  development.
 A)
nurture
 B)
replication
 C)
nature
 D)
classical  conditioning
  19.
The  term for all the environmental influences that affect development after  conception is _____.
 A)
proteins
 B)
nurture
 C)
nature
 D)
amino  acids
  20.
In  the science of human development, “nature” refers to _____.
 A)
the  genes that people inherit
 B)
environmental  influences
 C)
patterns  of development
 D)
developmental  differences
  21.
In  the science of human development, “nurture” refers to _____.
 A)
universal  traits
 B)
biological  traits
 C)
environmental  influences
 D)
unique  traits
  22.
Most  developmental psychologists believe that development is the result of _____.
 A)
nature  and nurture acting separately
 B)
primarily  nature
 C)
nature  and nurture acting together
 D)
primarily  nurture
  23.
Dr.  Towne believes that heredity is primarily responsible for personality traits.  Dr. West believes that environmental influences are primarily responsible for  personality traits. They are on different sides of the _____ debate.
 A)
nature  versus nurture
 B)
intelligent  design versus evolution
 C)
genes  versus development
 D)
traits  versus conditioning
  24.
Susie,  who is 5 years old, is the tallest person in her kindergarten class. When her  teacher asked her how she got so tall she said proudly, “My mom and dad are  tall and I eat good food!” Susie's statement reflects that she understands  that human development comes from _____.
 A)
heredity
 B)
the  environment
 C)
learning
 D)
environment  and heredity combined
  25.
Which  is an example of the influence of nature?
 A)
having  a mother who smoked during pregnancy
 B)
having  the gene for epilepsy
 C)
eating  a healthy diet
 D)
living  in a loud neighborhood
  26.
Dr.  Janney recognizes that developmental milestones rely on factors from all  three domains of human development. Dr. Janney most clearly follows the _____  perspective.
 A)
biosocial
 B)
cognitive
 C)
psychosocial
 D)
biopsychosocial
  27.
The  _____ domain includes development of emotions, temperament, and social  skills.
 A)
biosocial
 B)
cognitive
 C)
psychosocial
 D)
biopsychosocial
  28.
The  _____ domain includes all the mental processes that a person uses to obtain  knowledge or to think about the environment.
 A)
biosocial
 B)
cognitive
 C)
psychosocial
 D)
biopsychosocial
  29.
The  _____ domain includes all the growth and change that occur in a person's body  and the genetic, nutritional, and health factors that affect that growth and  change.
 A)
biosocial
 B)
cognitive
 C)
psychosocial
 D)
biopsychosocial
  30.
The  human fetus develops fingers and toes between 28 and 54 days after conception  but cannot develop fingers and toes before or after that time. This is an  example of _____.
 A)
a  sensitive period
 B)
a  critical period
 C)
discontinuity
 D)
continuity
  31.
Which  example clearly illustrates a critical period?
 A)
a  child learning to walk
 B)
a  child learning a second language before age 4
 C)
a  fetus developing fingers and toes between 28 and 54 days in utero
 D)
a  child learning to ride a bike between 5 and 6 years of age
  32.
Which  example clearly illustrates a sensitive period?
 A)
a  child being born blind
 B)
an  egg being fertilized
 C)
a  fetus developing fingers and toes
 D)
a  child learning to speak a second language
  33.
Between  1957 and 1961, many pregnant women took thalidomide to alleviate morning  sickness; this drug disrupted a(n) _____ period of prenatal development.
 A)
sensitive
 B)
critical
 C)
early
 D)
late
  34.
A  woman in Honduras worked in a field treated with pesticides during her  pregnancy. When her son was born, she was horrified to find that he had no  limbs. Her pesticide exposure must have occurred during a(n) _____ period of  prenatal development.
 A)
critical
 B)
early
 C)
late
 D)
sensitive
  35.
Bobby  was not taught to read until he was an adolescent. When he did learn to read  it was much harder for him to learn and it took him longer to learn to read  than it would have during his early- to middle-childhood years. Bobby had a  hard time learning to read because he did not learn to do so during the _____  period.
 A)
critical
 B)
early
 C)
late
 D)
sensitive
  36.
Which  term is associated with Urie Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems approach?
 A)
mastosystems
 B)
microsystems
 C)
extrasystems
 D)
intrasystems
  37.
In  Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems approach, the _____ refers to the  interactions among systems.
 A)
macrosystem
 B)
exosystem
 C)
microsystem
 D)
mesosystem
  38.
What  term did Bronfenbrenner use to describe the impact of the specific time in  history on a person's development?
 A)
macrosystem
 B)
exosystem
 C)
microsystem
 D)
chronosystem
  39.
Dorothy  was born during the Great Depression. Within the context of the  ecological-systems approach, knowing this fact allows one to know about her  _____.
 A)
chronosystem
 B)
exosystem
 C)
microsystem
 D)
macrosystem
  40.
Dwayne  was born to a single mother living in Chicago. Within the context of the  ecological-systems approach, knowing this fact allows one to know something  about his _____.
 A)
chronosystem
 B)
exosystem
 C)
microsystem
 D)
macrosystem
  41.
Dr.  Kilbey is studying the impact of exosystems on human development. Which of  these would she be most interested in examining?
 A)
cultural  values and economic processes
 B)
family  and peer groups
 C)
medical  centers and religious institutions
 D)
the  development of the skeletal structure in children
  42.
The  ecological-systems approach was proposed by _____.
 A)
Maslow
 B)
Baltes  and Baltes
 C)
Bronfenbrenner
 D)
Skinner
  43.
In  Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems model, a hospital in the community is an  example of which system?
 A)
the  ecosystem
 B)
the  microsystem
 C)
the  health-care system
 D)
the  exosystem
  44.
In  Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems model, family and peers are part of a  person's _____.
 A)
microsystem
 B)
exosystem
 C)
macrosystem
 D)
social  system
  45.
A  person's macrosystem includes _____.
 A)
political  processes
 B)
the  peer group
 C)
school  and church
 D)
historical  setting
  46.
Within  Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems approach, he called the historical  context that affects other systems the _____.
 A)
ecosystem
 B)
chronosystem
 C)
mesosystem
 D)
macrosystem
  47.
Bettie  belongs to one cohort; Zahara belongs to another. The only required  difference between these two women is _____.
 A)
membership  in community groups
 B)
socioeconomic  status
 C)
age
 D)
ethnic  or racial group
  48.
High  school classmates are part of the same _____.
 A)
social  construction
 B)
network
 C)
socioeconomic  status
 D)
cohort
  49.
The  people in which of the following groups are DEFINITELY members of the same  cohort?
 A)
women  who are pilots
 B)
men  with learning disabilities
 C)
citizens  of the United States
 D)
current  middle school students
  50.
Socioeconomic  status refers to an individual's _____.
 A)
culture
 B)
ethnicity
 C)
social  class
 D)
race
  51.
An  individual's socioeconomic status includes, among other things, his or her  _____.
 A)
ethnicity
 B)
education  level
 C)
political  beliefs
 D)
religion
  52.
An  individual's socioeconomic status includes, among other things, his or her  _____.
 A)
ethnicity
 B)
political  beliefs
 C)
neighborhood
 D)
religion
  53.
An  individual's socioeconomic status includes, among other things, his or her  _____.
 A)
occupation
 B)
political  beliefs
 C)
race
 D)
religion
  54.
Jameel  has a college degree, lives in a nice neighborhood, and earns more than  $50,000 a year. This information defines his _____.
 A)
economic  potential
 B)
socioeconomic  status
 C)
cohort
 D)
microsystem
  55.
A  system of shared beliefs, conventions, norms, behaviors, expectations, and  symbolic representations is the definition of _____.
 A)
a  cohort
 B)
culture
 C)
nature
 D)
nurture
  56.
The  general term for a concept that is created by society is _____.
 A)
culture
 B)
a  cohort
 C)
a  social construction
 D)
socioeconomic  status
  57.
The  Johnson family always eats dinner together, because they really value family  time. The Smith family, however, never eats dinner together, because they all  value their independence. The fact that the families have different values is  due to _____. This has affected how the Johnson and Smith families act.
 A)
status
 B)
education
 C)
social  construction
 D)
physical  characteristics
  58.
One  historical example of the “difference-equals-deficit error” is _____.
 A)
men  perceiving women as intellectually inferior
 B)
European  immigrants crossing the ocean to settle in America
 C)
how  people's IQ scores have been steadily rising for more than 100 years
 D)
women  taking factory jobs during World War II
  59.
An  example of the “difference-equals-deficit error” is _____.
 A)
assuming  that children who are hearing impaired cannot communicate as well as children  who can hear
 B)
failing  to compare typical and atypical behavior
 C)
ignoring  inconsistencies in a child's language development
 D)
the  identification of flaws within the application of the scientific method
  60.
Which  developmentalist was the first to emphasize the role of context on  development?
 A)
Vygotsky
 B)
Piaget
 C)
Bronfenbrenner
 D)
Skinner
  61.
People  whose ancestors were born in the same region and who usually share the same  language and religion are called a(n) _____.
 A)
race
 B)
ethnic  group
 C)
socioeconomic  group
 D)
exosystem
  62.
According  to the text, race is _____.
 A)
part  of the microsystem
 B)
a  social construction
 C)
defined  by heritage
 D)
multidirectional
  63.
Some  social scientists believe that _____ terms exaggerate minor differences  between people.
 A)
skin  color
 B)
diversity
 C)
genetic  analysis
 D)
culture
  64.
Social  scientists are convinced, based on genetic analysis, that race is a(n) _____.
 A)
biological  difference
 B)
culture
 C)
social  construction
 D)
ethnicity
  65.
Jack  observed his co-worker, Jane, crying when she was called into the boss's  office. Jack thinks that crying at work is a sign of weakness that makes  women unfit for employment in his industry. Jack is displaying _____.
 A)
critical  thinking
 B)
a  social construction
 C)
work  culture orientation
 D)
the  difference-equals-deficit error
  66.
Genes  alone do not determine development, but rather environmental forces also  shape development, which has led to the understanding that many human  characteristics are _____.
 A)
plastic
 B)
epigenetic
 C)
static
 D)
diverse
  67.
Jamal,  Wei, Liam, and Vladimir were all born and raised in England. Which statement  is true?
 A)
They  share the same ethnicity.
 B)
They  come from different ethnic groups.
 C)
They  share the same culture.
 D)
They  come from different cultures.
  68.
Even  though Aaron eats well and exercises regularly, by age 70 he developed Type  II diabetes. Clement, on the other hand, eats fast food regularly and rarely  exercises. At 70 years of age, his blood sugar levels remain in the normal  range. What might account for the differences in their outcomes?
 A)
differential  susceptibility
 B)
cultural  differences
 C)
sex  differences
 D)
cohort  differences
  69.
Plasticity  refers to the _____.
 A)
fact  that many academic fields contribute data to the science of development
 B)
universals  and specifics of human development in many cultural settings
 C)
vast  array of contexts in which development occurs
 D)
potential  for human traits to be molded during development but also to remain durable
  70.
What  is plasticity?
 A)
a  time in development when it is optimum to develop certain traits or abilities
 B)
the  amount of flexibility a human possesses at birth
 C)
the  idea that human traits may change or stay the same over time
 D)
the  idea that human traits are mostly inborn
  71.
The  idea that human development is an ongoing, ever-changing interaction between  the body, mind, and every aspect of the environment is known as the _____.
 A)
dynamic-systems  approach
 B)
theory  of evolution
 C)
concept  of universality
 D)
domino  effect
  72.
Which  of these is an example of plasticity?
 A)
a  man who consistently drives his car too fast
 B)
a  teenager who spends a summer in Chile and learns to speak Spanish
 C)
a  woman who leaves her job to stay home with her newborn
 D)
a  person who is in a coma
  73.
Differential  susceptibility means that certain people have genes that _____.
 A)
make  them more vulnerable to particular experiences
 B)
contribute  similarly to a specific developmental outcome
 C)
do  not impact development within the context of particular experiences
 D)
have  an unknown impact on individuals
  74.
If  a researcher watches 1-week-old babies and records how many times they open  and close their eyes while lying in their cribs, he is most likely using  _____.
 A)
the  case-study method
 B)
a  controlled experiment
 C)
cross-sectional  research
 D)
scientific  observation
  75.
Scientific  observation allows for the _____.
 A)
study  of individuals' behaviors in a systematic and objective manner
 B)
determination  of cause-and-effect relationships
 C)
precise  control of the environment so that a cause-and-effect relationship can be  assessed
 D)
systematic  manipulation of variables
  76.
Which  statement about scientific observation is true?
 A)
It  requires a large number of participants.
 B)
It  requires specialized equipment such as video recorders.
 C)
It  involves recording behavior systematically and objectively.
 D)
It  must take place in a lab setting.
  77.
Experiments  allow researchers to _____.
 A)
study  the natural environment
 B)
study  the complexity of an individual
 C)
use  the scientific method in a cost-effective way
 D)
determine  a cause-and-effect relationship
  78.
When  a researcher wants to determine the cause of a particular behavior, the  appropriate research method to use is a(n) _____.
 A)
case  study
 B)
scientific  observation
 C)
experiment
 D)
survey
  79.
What  is a dependent variable?
 A)
It  is the measured variable that may change depending on manipulation of an  independent variable.
 B)
It  is any unmeasured variable that is uncontrolled within the context of the  experiment.
 C)
It  is the variable that is intentionally manipulated by the researcher.
 D)
It  is an external variable that cannot be controlled by the researcher.
  80.
What  is an independent variable?
 A)
It  is the measured variable that may change depending upon manipulation of an  independent variable.
 B)
It  is any unmeasured variable that is uncontrolled within the context of the  experiment.
 C)
It  is the variable that is intentionally manipulated by the researcher.
 D)
It  is an external variable that cannot be controlled by the researcher.
  81.
What  is the only research method that can establish a cause-and-effect  relationship?
 A)
a  case study
 B)
a  survey
 C)
an  experiment
 D)
scientific  observation
  82.
An  example of a dependent variable in an experiment might be _____.
 A)
gender
 B)
blood  type
 C)
eye  color
 D)
level  of depression
  83.
In  an experiment, the group of participants who receive the imposed treatment or  special condition is referred to as the _____ group.
 A)
independent
 B)
dependent
 C)
experimental
 D)
comparison
  84.
To  determine if vitamin D consumption causes the progress of multiple sclerosis  to slow, a researcher would most likely use _____.
 A)
a  laboratory experiment
 B)
a  survey
 C)
naturalistic  observation
 D)
the  case-study method
  85.
Dr.  Devalle is conducting interviews, collecting background information, and  running a series of tests on a single individual over several years. She is  conducting a(n) _____.
 A)
survey
 B)
experiment
 C)
case  study
 D)
observation
  86.
_____  is a quick way to study the development of a large group of people.
 A)
A  case study
 B)
Survey  research
 C)
A  cohort-sequential study
 D)
Longitudinal  research
  87.
Dr.  Bloom wanted to learn if ice cream preferences are different at different  stages of development. For her study, she conducted a one-time assessment in  which she asked a group of 5-year-olds, a group of 15-year-olds, and a group  of 30-year-olds to identify their favorite ice cream. Dr. Bloom conducted a  _____.
 A)
case  study
 B)
cross-sectional  study
 C)
longitudinal  study
 D)
cross-sequential  study
  88.
Which  factor is a problem with longitudinal research?
 A)
the  aging of the participants
 B)
finding  new participants for each time measurement
 C)
changing  historical context
 D)
participants  failing to change their behavior despite repeated tests
  89.
Which  type of research design combines the cross-sectional design with the  longitudinal research design?
 A)
cross-sequential
 B)
cross-sectional
 C)
meta-sequential
 D)
cross-longitudinal
  90.
A  correlation does not indicate that one variable causes the other to occur;  rather, it indicates that there is a _____ between the two variables.
 A)
proof
 B)
validity
 C)
reliability
 D)
relationship
  91.
A  correlation is considered to be negative if _____.
 A)
both  variables decrease
 B)
both  variables increase
 C)
one  variable increases while the other variable decreases
 D)
change  in one variable is unrelated to change in the other variable
  92.
A  correlation is considered to be zero if _____.
 A)
one  variable increases while the other decreases
 B)
both  variables decrease
 C)
both  variables increase
 D)
there  is no connection between the variables
  93.
The  more Hank eats, the less hungry he feels. The correlation that exists between  Hank's food intake and his hunger is _____.
 A)
positive
 B)
negative
 C)
zero
 D)
causal
  94.
If  a researcher finds a positive correlation between school grades and school  attendance, one can conclude that _____.
 A)
high  attendance and high grades occur together
 B)
high  attendance causes high grades
 C)
high  attendance rarely means high grades
 D)
high  grades cause high attendance
  95.
If  a researcher finds that there is a correlation between secondhand smoke and  children's asthma, he knows for SURE that _____.
 A)
secondhand  smoke causes children's asthma
 B)
secondhand  smoke does not cause children's asthma
 C)
children  exposed to smoke in utero often get asthma
 D)
asthma  and secondhand smoke have some connection
  96.
IRB  stands for _____.
 A)
Institutional  Review Board
 B)
International  Research Board
 C)
Internal  Review Board
 D)
Intelligence  Research Board
  97.
Participants  in a research study must understand and agree to the research procedures and  also be made aware of any potential risks associated with the research  participation. This process is known as _____.
 A)
holding  harmless
 B)
informed  consent
 C)
release  of liability
 D)
rite  of research
  98.
When  doing research with anyone under the age of 18, which of the following must  be obtained?
 A)
the  children's birth records
 B)
the  names of the children's biological parents if the children are adopted
 C)
consent  from the parents and children (if children are able to consent)
 D)
the  names of the children's peers
  99.
An  example of a behavior by a researcher that would be considered unethical is  _____.
 A)
stopping  the study if a participant is suspected of being harmed
 B)
falsifying  the data to support the hypothesis
 C)
obtaining  informed consent before a participant is able to participate in the study
 D)
maintaining  participant confidentiality
  100.
When  children are involved in research participation, the ethical standard is for  _____.
 A)
children  to consent to the research participation (when they are able to consent)
 B)
the  results to be shared with the parents
 C)
the  study to be published if the children agree to the study being published
 D)
the  study to be replicated before being published
  101.
From  an ethical stance, researchers should choose topics of study that _____.
 A)
may  be researched quickly
 B)
may  be researched inexpensively
 C)
can  help all people live better lives
 D)
are  politically correct
  Answer Key
 1.
D
2.
A
3.
C
4.
C
5.
A
6.
A
7.
C
8.
B
9.
D
10.
B
11.
D
12.
D
13.
C
14.
B
15.
A
16.
B
17.
B
18.
A
19.
B
20.
A
21.
C
22.
C
23.
A
24.
D
25.
B
26.
D
27.
C
28.
B
29.
A
30.
B
31.
C
32.
D
33.
B
34.
A
35.
D
36.
B
37.
D
38.
D
39.
A
40.
C
41.
C
42.
C
43.
D
44.
A
45.
A
46.
B
47.
C
48.
D
49.
D
50.
C
51.
B
52.
C
53.
A
54.
B
55.
B
56.
C
57.
C
58.
A
59.
A
60.
C
61.
B
62.
B
63.
A
64.
C
65.
D
66.
A
67.
C
68.
A
69.
D
70.
C
71.
A
72.
B
73.
A
74.
D
75.
A
76.
C
77.
D
78.
C
79.
A
80.
C
81.
C
82.
D
83.
C
84.
A
85.
C
86.
B
87.
B
88.
C
89.
A
90.
D
91.
C
92.
D
93.
B
94.
A
95.
D
96.
A
97.
B
98.
C
99.
B
100.
A
101.
C
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Developing Person Through Childhood and Adolescence 10th Edition - Fill In The Blank
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
   1.
The  science of human development seeks to understand _____ people—all kinds of  people, everywhere, of every age—change over time.
  2.
In  order to minimize subjective opinions and personal biases when conducting  research, it is important to employ the _____ method.
  3.
A  hypothesis is an idea generated by a question that can be _____ by various  research methods.
  4.
Empirical  evidence refers to _____.
  5.
In  scientific research, collecting additional evidence by studying a different  population than that used in the original project is known as _____.
  6.
The  term that refers to the traits inherited at conception is _____.
  7.
Tim  told his friend that he is tall because he inherited “tall” genes from his  dad. Tim was claiming that _____ was responsible for his height.
  8.
_____  refers to environmental influences on traits.
  9.
The  combination of all environmental influences that affect a developing person  is called _____.
  10.
Dr.  Clady counts how many times an infant kicks her legs when lying on her back  in her crib. Dr. Clady is using the method of _____.
  11.
A  _____ period of development is a time in which a particular development must  occur if it is to occur at all.
  12.
A  _____ period of development is a time in which a particular development  occurs easily.
  13.
Thalidomide  only caused birth defects if a pregnant woman ingested the drug during the  _____ period of prenatal development.
  14.
Tanner's  friends do well in school, but Tanner has never really done well in school.  They decide to meet once a week to study and soon Tanner is doing better in  school. Within the ecological-systems perspective, the influence of Tanner's  friends on Tanner's school performance comes from the _____.
  15.
A(n)  _____ is a group of people born at about the same time that experience the  same historical events and cultural shifts.
  16.
A  person's income and level of education is part of his or her _____ status.
  17.
The  system of shared beliefs, conventions, norms, expectations, and symbolic  representations that persist over time and prescribe social rules of conduct  is known as _____.
  18.
Two  people from different cultures may value the need for achievement or success  differently because of the _____ of each culture.
  19.
The  human tendency to assume that people unlike us are inferior is called the  _____ error.
  20.
People  of a specific _____ group share certain attributes such as religion and  language.
  21.
Our  text suggests that the word _____ is a social construction that should be  eliminated from our scientific vocabulary.
  22.
Human  traits can be molded, and yet people maintain a certain durability. This  indicates that development is _____.
  23.
The  approach called _____ refers to the idea that human development is ongoing  and ever-changing.
  24.
_____  observation requires researchers to record behaviors systematically and  objectively.
  25.
Researchers  who want to establish a causal relationship between two variables must use a  research design called a(n) _____.
  26.
When  differences between the experimental group and the _____ are so large that  they could not have occurred simply by chance, they are considered to be  significant.
  27.
A(n)  _____ is a quick way to collect data from a large number of people.
  28.
Cross-sequential  research can be thought of as a mix between a cross-sectional design and a(n)  _____ design.
  29.
As  children age, they tend to sleep fewer hours. This relationship is an example  of a(n) _____ correlation.
  Answer Key
 1.
how  and why
2.
scientific
3.
tested  (evaluated) (examined)
4.
data
5.
replication
6.
nature
7.
nature
8.
Nurture
9.
nurture
10.
scientific  observation
11.
critical
12.
sensitive
13.
critical
14.
microsystem
15.
cohort
16.
socioeconomic
17.
culture
18.
norms
19.
difference-equals-deficit
20.
ethnic
21.
race
22.
plastic
23.
dynamic  systems
24.
Scientific
25.
experiment
26.
comparison  group (control group)
27.
survey
28.
longitudinal
29.
negative
0 notes
edwardsherwood-blog · 6 years
Text
Test Bank Developing Person Through Childhood and Adolescence 10th Edition - Essay
For Order This And Any Other Test
 Banks And Solutions Manuals, Course,
 Assignments, Discussions, Quizzes, Exams,
 Contact us At: [email protected]
 1.
List  in order and explain each of the five basic steps of the scientific method.
  2.
Define  nature and nurture and give an example of each. Also describe the  nature–nurture debate.
  3.
Describe  the perspective most modern developmentalists take on the nature–nurture  debate. Provide an example of a research topic that illustrates this  perspective.
  4.
Define  a critical period and a sensitive period. Explain the difference between the  two periods, and give an example of each.
  5.
Explain  Urie Bronfenbrenner's ecological-systems theory and describe his five  systems.
  6.
Define  cohort, explain its effects, and give an example of one.
  7.
Describe  culture and explain why researchers interested in human development study  different cultures.
  8.
Name  and define the three main research designs for studying age-related changes.  Explain the problems associated with each.
  9.
Define  and discuss the term plasticity as it relates to human development. What  factors influence plasticity in development? Offer at least one example of  plasticity that has operated or is operating in your own life.
  10.
Imagine  you are interested in the relationship between age and reading ability for  children at 8 and 12 years old. Briefly define cross-sectional design and  summarize how you could test this relationship using that design.
  11.
What  practices must be built into a research study to protect participants?
  12.
Define  correlation and give an example. Can one determine cause and effect from  correlations? Explain why or why not.
  13.
What  are ethics and why are ethical standards so important to scientific research?
  Answer Key
 1.
Step  1: Begin with curiosity. Pose a question based on a theory, prior research,  or personal observation. Step 2: Develop a hypothesis, which is a specific  research question that can be tested through research. Step 3: Test the  hypothesis. Design and conduct research to gather empirical evidence (data).  Step 4: Draw conclusions. Using the evidence gathered in the research,  conclude whether the hypothesis is supported or refuted. Step 5: Report the  results by sharing the data, conclusions, and alternative explanations with  other scientists.
 Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
List steps of scientific    method in order
States five of the steps in    order
States three of the steps in    order
States less than three steps or    does not state the steps in order
Explain each step
Describes the five steps
Describes three steps
Describes less than three    steps or does not describe steps accurately
2.
Nature  refers to the influence of genes on a person, and nurture refers to  environmental influences on a person. Environmental influences begin with the  health and diet of the embryo's mother and continue lifelong, including  family, school, community, and society. An example of nature would be having  a gene that predisposes one to addiction. An example of nurture would be  having that gene but avoiding addictions as a result of not being exposed to  abuse or parental addictions. The debate concerns how much of any person's  characteristics, behaviors, or emotions is the result of genes and how much  is the result of the person's experiences.
 Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define nature and nurture
Accurately defines both terms    and gives an example of both
Accurately defines one term    and gives at least one accurate example
Does not accurately define    both terms or supply accurate examples
Describe the debate
Accurately describes both    sides of the debate
Accurately describes one side    of the debate
Does not accurately describe    the debate
3.
Modern  researchers have learned that neither nature alone nor nurture alone can  provide a complete way to understand development. Both nature and nurture  matter, as both genes and environment affect nearly every characteristic. The  study of language acquisition illustrates the perspective that nature and  nurture interact. Babies start speaking because of maturation of the brain,  mouth, and vocal cords (nature), which allows them to express connections  between objects and words (nurture), which could not occur unless people  talked to them (nurture).
 Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
State researchers' viewpoint
States modern researchers'    stance that both matter
Is vague about modern    researchers' stance
Incorrectly states modern    researchers' stance
Provide an example
Gives an example
Gives a vague example
Gives an incorrect example or    doesn't give an example
4.
A  critical period is a time when something must occur to ensure normal  development, and a sensitive period is a time when a specific developmental  task occurs most easily. An example of a critical period would be the fetus  growing arms and legs and hands and feet—this can occur only at a specific  time in utero. Language development is an example of a sensitive period. It  occurs most easily at a young age but can occur at a later age as well.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define and differentiate
Defines both periods;    differentiates between them
Defines just one period or    is vague about differentiation
Fails to define both periods or    fails to differentiate
Give examples
Gives a correct example for    both periods
Gives a correct example of    either period
Does not give any examples
5.
Bronfenbrenner  believed that each person is affected by his or her social context. Over the  course of his career, he identified five systems. The first is the  microsystem (e.g., one's family and peer group), the second is the exosystem  (school, clubs, and church), and the third is the macrosystem (larger social  setting such as cultural values and economic policies). The fourth system,  called the chronosystem, is the role of historical context, and the fifth  system, the mesosystem, is the interaction that occurs between all of the  other systems.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Explain ecological-systems    theory
Clearly states what the    theory is
Gives a vague explanation of    the theory
Is unable to describe the    theory
Identify the systems
Identifies the five systems    and gives an example of microsystem, exosystem, and macrosystem
Identifies three of the    systems or gives examples for three of the systems
Identifies fewer than three    of the systems or gives fewer than three examples
6.
A  cohort is a group of people born within a few years of each other who move  through time together. Cohorts travel through life affected by the  interaction of their chronological age with the values, events, technologies,  and culture of the era. Cohort examples will vary but should show an  understanding of a cohort; common examples include the baby boom generation,  the Greatest Generation (people who lived through the Depression and WWII)  and the Millennials (Generation Y, born between the early 1980s and the early  2000s). Another example would be Generation X, born between the early 1960s  to the early 1980s.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Explain cohort
Correctly defines cohort and    explains its importance on members
Defines cohort without    explaining its affect on members
Does not define cohort    correctly
Give an example
Gives an example of a cohort
Gives a vague example of    cohort
Gives an incorrect example or    doesn't give an example
7.
Culture  is a strong social construction, a concept created by a society. Such social  constructions affect how people think and act—what they value, praise,  ignore, and punish. Different cultures may view the same behavior or  phenomenon as either an asset or a deficit. Therefore, by studying different  cultures, researchers can identify which patterns are universal among humans  and which occur only in certain cultures. This provides insights into the  effects of different environments.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Describe culture
Clearly describes culture
Gives a definition of culture    without describing it
Does not define culture
Explain why researchers study    different cultures
Clearly explains why    researchers study different cultures
Is vague about why    researchers study different cultures
Does not explain why    researchers study different cultures
8.
The  three main research designs are cross-sectional, longitudinal, and  cross-sequential. In cross-sectional research, different groups of  participants who are currently different ages are recruited. In longitudinal  research, one group of participants is tested multiple times as they age. In  cross-sequential research, the study begins as a cross-sectional design, and  then the groups are retested multiple times, as in a longitudinal design.  Differences between groups in the cross-sectional method are attributed to  age-related changes, but they could be due to cohort effects. Longitudinal  research is subject to error as the participants may withdraw from the study  before completing it, or might figure out what the study is about and change  their behavior. The cross-sequential design is least prone to error, but it  is expensive and time-consuming.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Name and define three    research designs
Correctly names and defines    the three main research designs
Names and defines two designs    
Names and defines one or no    designs
Explain the problem with each
Explains the problems with    each of the three research designs
Explains the problem with two    designs
Explains the problem with one    or no designs
9.
Plasticity  is the molding of human traits while simultaneously maintaining some  durability of identity. The idea of plasticity is that human development is  an ongoing, ever-changing interaction between the body and mind and between  the individual and every aspect of his or her environment. Influences that  affect plasticity include culture, upbringing, and genes. The example should  relate to some aspect of growth in one's life, such as how a high-functioning  person on the autism spectrum can eventually earn a college degree. (The  autism remains [durability], but with school and other societal  interventions, the person can still achieve traditional milestones.)
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define and discuss plasticity
Defines and discusses    plasticity
Defines or discusses    plasticity
Cannot define or discuss    plasticity
List factors that influence    plasticity
Lists three factors that    influence plasticity
Lists two factors that    influence plasticity
Lists one or no factors that    influence plasticity
Give plasticity example
Gives an example of    plasticity
Gives a vague example of    plasticity
Does not give an example of    plasticity
10.
A  cross-sectional design compares groups of people of one age with at least one  other group of people of another age at a specific point in time. It is  faster than a longitudinal study because all of the data is immediately  available. Ideally the participants should be matched at the same  socioeconomic level.
 To  implement a cross-sectional design to test reading, first identify a group of  children aged 8 and another group aged 12. Second, evaluate each individual  child's reading ability. Finally, compare the children of various ages and  look for differences.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define cross-sectional design
Describes cross-sectional    design and identifies that participants should be of a similar    socioeconomic status
Describes cross-section    design but doesn't elaborate about having similar socioeconomic status for    participants
Gives a vague or incorrect    description of cross-sectional design
Summarize how to do the    research
Identifies the three parts of    the research design
Identifies two parts of the    research design
Identifies one part or cannot    identify the research design
11.
Researchers  must ensure that people's participation is 1) voluntary, 2) confidential, and  3) harmless. They must obtain the informed consent of all the participants.  Informed consent means that participants must understand and agree to the  procedures after being told of any risks involved. If children are involved,  consent must be obtained from the children as well as their parents.  Participants must also be allowed to end their participation at any time.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Summarize practices to    protect participants
States all three conditions;    describes informed consent and that participants can end participation
States two conditions;    explains informed consent or that participants can end participation
States one condition; fails    to explain informed consent
12.
A  correlation exists between two variables when one variable changes (increases  or decreases) as the other variable changes. Examples will vary but should  illustrate this concept, such as the number of people who drown increases as  the number of ice cream sales increases. It is impossible to determine cause  and effect from correlations because even though correlations indicate a  connection between two variables, they cannot determine the reason for the  connection since no other variables are controlled. In the example above,  people drowning and ice cream sales both increase during hot weather, so the  correlation is caused by neither variable.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define correlation
Gives a strong definition for    correlation
Gives an adequate definition    for correlation
Gives inaccurate or no    definition of correlation
Give example of a correlation
Offers a good example of a    correlation
Offers a vague or weak    example of a correlation
Offers an incorrect or no    example of a correlation
Explain relationship between    causation and correlation
States that causation cannot    be determined from a correlation
Implies that causation can be    determined from a correlation
States that causation can be    determined from a correlation
13.
Ethics  are a set of moral principles and specific practices that protect both  participants and the integrity of research. Ethical standards provide study  participants with the assurance of informed consent and knowing that their  participation is voluntary, confidential, and that they will not be harmed.
 Ethics  are also a vital part of the reporting process after the research has been  conducted. Reports of findings should be accurate, and the study should be  able to be replicated under the same conditions. Collaboration, replication,  and transparency are essential ethical safeguards for all scientists.
  Good (5 pts)
Fair (3 pts)
Weak (1-0    pts)
Define ethics
Defines ethics
Defines ethics only as they    apply to participants or the reporting process
Does not define ethics
Explain the importance of    ethics
States several ways in which    ethics protect participants and how ethics protect findings and replication
Identifies only how ethics    are important for participants or their importance on the    reporting process and replication
Does not explain why ethical    standards are important
0 notes